EbikeSchool.com

Everything you need to know about electric bicycles, all in one place!

  • Home
  • About
  • Shop
    • 18650 cells
    • BMSs
    • Chargers
    • Accessories
  • Discover
    • Learning Center
    • How To’s
    • Reviews
    • News
    • Friendly Local E-bike Shops

The best electric bike and e-scooter deals for Black Friday and Cyber Monday

Electric bicycles and electric scooters are two of the most popular forms of personal electric mobility.

This year there are incredible sales from the most popular retailers, and I’ve combed the market looking for the best options out there.

Below you’ll find a curated list of the best electric bicycle and e-scooter sales for Black Friday 2021.

I’ve also produced a video version of this sales list, if you’d like to check that out below as well.

Alright, let’s jump right into these sales. In no particular order, here are the e-bike and e-scooter sales I’ve found:

Lectric Bikes Lectric XP 2.0

I love my Lectric XP 2.0 e-bike, which I’ve decked out with the cargo kit to give it some awesome cargo carrying utility.

The 28 mph folding fat-tire e-bike is normally priced at $999, but is on sale now for just $949.

But it’s not just on sale at a better price, you’re also getting a bunch of free accessories for that price too. As part of the sale, Lectric Bikes is throwing in a free upgraded saddle, suspension seat post, premium headlight and Lectric Bikes folding lock.

This would be a great deal even without the extra parts, but now that makes it an even better option for anyone looking for a fast, compact and low-cost e-bike.

You can check out a full review I did of this e-bike over on Electrek.

Juiced Bikes

Juiced Bikes is known for their high-power, high-speed electric bikes. The company is offering a sale of $100 any e-bike in their lineup using the code BF100.

In addition, they have sales of between $200-$300 off popular e-bikes like their 30+ mph Juiced HyperScrambler 2 and Juiced HyperScorpion.

Ride1Up

Ride1Up is a great value e-bike company, meaning you are getting way more than you pay for.

Their prices fall in line with much of the industry, but the bikes often provide higher performance, better quality parts or more features.

The Ride1Up Black Friday Sales cover nearly every bike in their lineup and offer up to $450 off depending on the selection.

Some of my favorite bikes from Ride1Up are the low-cost Roadster V2 and the awesome 700 Series commuter e-bike.

Aventon Bikes

Aventon makes beautiful electric bicycles with high-quality construction and excellent specs.

This year Aventon is offering $100 off any of their electric bikes plus $100 off of a future purchase (I recommend grabbing some accessories) with the code GET100X2.

I’d recommend checking out the Aventon Sinch if you’re looking for a folding fat tire e-bike, the Aventon Aventure if you want a full-sized fat tire e-bike, or the Aventon Level if you’re on the hunt for a great commuter e-bike.

Rad Power Bikes

Rad Power Bikes is the undisputed leader in electric bicycles in North America. Literally. As in, no one sells more e-bikes than Rad.

And this year they are protecting their status at the top of the pack by offering a deal for $100 off a future purchase, likely an accessory to deck out your bike.

It applies to all of their e-bikes during Cyber Weekend, from 11/25 through 11/29.

I’d recommend checking out the RadMission for a low-cost metro e-bike, or the new RadRover 6 Plus if you want a high-end fat tire e-bike to conquer any terrain.

Ariel Rider

Ariel Rider’s Rideal electric bike is on sale for $200 off right now, dropping the price to a crazy-low $899.

This is sort of a RadMission imitation e-bike, yet it offers a 7-speed drivetrain instead of the single-speed of the RadMission, and offers a higher power motor at 750W.

It’s a great option for a metro e-bike and is one of the best bang-for-your-buck options in this category right now.

You can see my full review of this e-bike over on Electrek if you want more details.

Serial 1 electric bikes

Serial 1’s e-bikes were born out of a spin-off from Harley-Davidson. That means you’re getting the DNA from Harley-Davidson’s LiveWire electric motorcycle, but distilled down into a high quality e-bike.

I tested these e-bikes personally before they were released to the public and can vouch for their build quality. They are right up there with crazy-expensive e-bikes like the Riese and Müller bikes, yet cost much less.

They still aren’t cheap at around $4,000 or so, but Serial 1 is currently offering an amazing sale to take $1,000 off of any of their models.

If you’ve been looking for a high-end e-bike, this is one to look at!

Himiway

Himiway is offering an awesome sale of $200 off any of its e-bikes right now, so you won’t want to miss this deal.

The company’s Escape moped and Cruiser fat tire e-bike have been popular options for affordable, high-power e-bikes.

I’ve tested both models and loved each of them for various types of riding.

Check out the sale and be sure to use the coupon code BFCM200 for $200 off one e-bike or BFCM400 for $400 off of two e-bikes..

Zugo

Zugo makes fast and fun electric mopeds that look pretty darn badass.

They take that oldschool style from the 70’s and apply it to a modern day e-bike for extra style points.

This year they are offering $100 off of their different Zugo Rhino models.

Check out the sale here.

FluidFreeRider’s electric scooters

FluidFreeRide is one of my favorite electric scooter vendors, and they have a pile of sales this year.

In addition, they are planting 100 trees for every electric scooter sold, which is a really cool perk.

A list of their sales includes:

  • WideWheel PRO for $999 – SAVE $370
  • Apollo Explore for $1199 – SAVE $300
  • Buy Mantis  and get fluid Cityrider for FREE (SAVE $499)
  • Buy Mantis PRO and get fluid Cityrider for FREE (SAVE $499)
  • Buy Kaabo Wolf Warrior 11 and get a Horizon FREE (SAVE $699)
  • Buy Kaabo Wolf GT Pro and get a Horizon FREE (SAVE $699)
  • INOKIM OX HERO for $1499 ($300 off), INOKIM OX SUPER for $1899 ($300 off)
  • fluid Board $499 – Save $400
  • Apollo Phantom V2 Preorder – Save $300 – delivery early Jan
  • fluid Horizon – SAVE up to $150. 13Ah version $729 vs RRP $879, 10Ah version $699 vs RRP 729
  • fluid CITYRIDER – SAVE $159, get the scooter for $499 ($100 off RRP) and get a free helmet ($59)

It’s a pretty extensive list of sales, and you can check them all out here.

Apollo Scooters

Apollo Scooters is a Canadian-based electric scooter company that makes really solid electric scooters.

I’ve tested several of them and they’re all better made than the last.

They’ve also got a pile of electric scooter sales for Black Friday, with most focused around getting a free scooter when you buy a larger e-scooter.

Check out Apollo’s bundle sales here.

Voro Motors

I’ve been a big fan of Voro Motors ever since I first took a ride on an EMove Cruiser electric scooter.

This year they’ve got their own stack of great Black Friday sales that are definitely worth checking out.

Many of their top sales are for the company’s most powerful, high-speed models.

So hang on tight and wear your helmet, but these deals will go as fast as the scooters.

My New Book “DIY Lithium Batteries” Is Now Available!

DIY lithium battery book

I’ve been teaching people to build custom DIY lithium batteries for years and have been building them myself for even longer. When I got started there was almost no info out there to help me learn how to build my own lithium batteries. Together with a few other like-minded individuals, I began a journey to learn what the heck I was doing. Thousands of batteries cells and many spot welders later, I’ve built countless batteries and collected a wealth of knowledge and research on the subject.

I began teaching others what I had learned. I wrote articles on the subject here on EbikeSchool.com and created a number of YouTube Videos on my Ebikeschool.com YouTube Channel to show people how to build their own lithium batteries.

All of that content was created free of charge and will always remain 100% free. I never want money to be an obstacle for anyone to learn something he or she is interested in.

At the same time, I also do this professionally and have to support myself as well. So I decided that in addition to the free content that I produce, I would write a book that goes much more in depth on all of the topics involved in building lithium batteries. The free videos and articles that I provide are a good start, but now I’ve written a much more professional guide in the form of my new book: DIY Lithium Batteries – How To Build Your Own Battery Packs.

 

The book is filled with everything I know about DIY lithium batteries and the skills needed to build your own lithium battery project. Here’s a list of the chapter breakdown:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Chapter 2: Form factors of lithium cells

Chapter 3: Types of lithium cells

Chapter 4: Sourcing lithium battery cells

Chapter 5: Cell ratings

Chapter 6: Combining cells to make battery packs

Chapter 7: Safety

Chapter 8: Battery Management Systems

Chapter 9: Construction methods

Chapter 10: Battery layout and design

Chapter 11: Making battery connections

Chapter 12: Sealing the battery

Chapter 13: Charging lithium batteries

Chapter 14: Increasing cycle life

Chapter 15: Disposing of old lithium batteries

Chapter 16: Example battery building projects

I put a ton of work into this book. I tried tracking my hours when I began but lost track of it when the number quickly grew into the hundreds. This was truly a labor of love for me and I’m very excited to share this book with all of my followers here on EbikeSchool.com.

DIY lithium battery book

 

“DIY Lithium Batteries” now available on Amazon!

 To thank you for supporting me and joining this community of ebike enthusiasts, I’ve set the initial price for the Kindle ebook version of the book at just $0.99 to allow you to pick up a copy for nearly free. (I had intended to offer a few download coupon but Amazon doesn’t make that easy). The paperback version of the book is also available for just $9.99 right now. Both of those prices will increase to their normal retail prices soon, but I’ll leave them at their low intro prices for a few more days as a thank you to my community here.

Also, you don’t need an actual Kindle e-reader device to take advantage of the cheaper Kindle ebook version. Amazon has a free app for all phones and operating systems to allow you to read Kindle ebooks on any device.

 

DIY lithium battery book

If you can’t afford it, then I totally understand and I recommend that you check out all of the free content that I have created. If you have benefited from my educational materials in the past and want to learn more as well as support my efforts, I’d love if you’d pick up a copy of my book and help make it possible for me to continue producing more educational content. Thank you guys for your support, I’m really grateful to have such a wonderful community around me!

Spot #52

Spot #51

It’s a powerful ebike but unfortunately it is not Street legal in Canada. (500 watt 32 km/hour limit on ebikes in Ontario) Comfy seat as I upgraded from stock. Before you build be sure to decide what you think you will be doing with your ebike. A midmotor is more practical for off roading.

Spot #50

Bought second hand from eBay.

Spot #49

First buying frame and than piece by piece, thru axle motor adapters custom built, 3D print and hydrographics… Etc

Spot #48

I discovered Barrent Hoffman threw a contact on FaceBook / endless-sphere forum, and am very happy to show everyone how great of a job he did building my e-bike. He is a great person to deal with and very easy to contact at any time with questions or decisions. His website “KinayeMS” has the best motors and parts for sale as well as he can and will custome make a bike for your needs.

Spot #47

I put a bafang bbs02 on my existing bike. Have gotten up to 30 miles on it, and still did not have a dead battery.

Spot #46

Spot #45

First of all, I do not speak English, the need for translation software, may not be accurate, as well as language habits, may not understand, please inclusive. Thank you.
I come from Xi’an, China, a top city in the world city PM2.5 pollution, it has 3500 years of the city, the prosperity you can not imagine. We like to call the United States a “beautiful village.” In addition to only a few super-big cities, other places like China’s countryside, of course, this is a beautiful country.
I like the quiet wind blowing, because only then, I will feel like a star! Ha ha ha. But where the wind? San Francisco seaside rain, while the Florida beach, some far … …. I finally found a way to ride an electric bike! It is always quietly carrying me, although the speed is not fast, but enough to make my face feel the fresh wind of Lafayette ………… I was running around the king! Haha

I had a scooter with a razor E300S before. I really liked it. It was small and strong, but it had too many drawbacks. The motor drives the chain with a loud, no shock. In particular, endurance, it makes me speechless, I sometimes have to go out in the street store to recharge, really thank those kindly clerk. In addition, my scooter, seat screws can not be installed, this is a very dangerous security risk, I had to return.

Talk about the car, it is the E300S alternatives, tires are wider than the average bike, Wal-Mart supermarket to buy, 99 dollars, made in China, no obvious shortcomings, of course, you do not expect it how powerful it After all, not a tank car. In fact, I now feel no need to buy a new car, second-hand very easy to find. Taobao to buy electric car kit, because there is a battery, so the mail over two times, a long time, shipping is expensive. The power manager shell in the kit is very ugly and ugly. I also bought a triangular package eBay, I received a slight change after a bit. As the battery is huge, I had to remove my front transmission, not to mention its use is not frequent. Because the original car tire bad, I will upgrade it. In the replacement of the rear wheel when there is no suitable tool, no way to remove the original gear, I help a bicycle shop, a motorcycle repair shop, the clerk is really unspeakable! Warm, sincere, both the boss or employees. Are very sincere to help me, though eventually did not remove it. Helpless, I had to buy a new gear. Can you imagine? 20 dollars, almost in China can buy a normal use of new bike. Because the RMB devaluation, 20 dollars to buy a bike shop owner may also give you a pack of Marlboro. Ha ha ha This is a joke, do not take it seriously.

The overall calculation of all the costs, a total of 687.5 US dollars, at the same time, I carefully statistics a bit, all of this electric bike all parts are actually made in China. Well, it feels good, after all, I am Chinese. Riding a Chinese car is also nothing wrong. But this is really too expensive, in China, the same configuration, cost only about 250 US dollars.

In China, very few people change their own electric bike, I will not, I have long had its own car, tell the truth the United States is really too cheap cars, oil prices are too low. But I prefer electric bikes. Because the Chinese concept of consumption is not a single use, there are things outside the use. Such as shopping in the social circle to show off as a capital, a symbol of luxury as a status. This is very sad, a lot of people also made a fortune. … … So come to my United States, I choose my own favorite. Anyway, no one knows me. Not to worry about other people’s wink to do things.

A few days ago I almost sold it, because I accidentally in the eBay auction to get two very cheap electric scooter, front and rear shock, I originally intended to sell the electric bike to upgrade I will get the scooter. After the release of the online replies that I was in the Louisiana state riding a bike scooter is illegal, and at the same time, I actually met a liar! The seller is a liar, I do not pay payment, to see the state yesterday, the seller actually sold, and check the seller information, turned out to be the United States! I am now complaining to eBay. Do not know the results.

On this car, there are sad. There is love and hate.

I only know that I can not sell it. This is what I see in the YouTube channel you know this site, great! my love!

Spot #44

My bike is the best haha

Spot #43

The most difficult thing is to make the box for the battery.

Spot #42

Maneggevole leggera bella da guidare….autonomia 40kl circa,bici da città ottima per le faccende quotidiane…di personale non c’è molto visto che e un kit gia completo…di mio c’è l’assemblaggio….a me piace la prossima sarà migliore ovviamente l esperienza impara molto…

Spot #41

Added a GeoOrbital pre production wheel to my 25 year old road bike!

Spot #40

This is a commercially available Sinner Mango velomobile with 170 W electric support and 11-speed Shimano Alfine gears.

Electric Bicycle Charging Station – Found One!

An electric bicycle charging station installed in my city? Am I seeing this right?!

electric bicycle charging station

I was walking my puppy (or as my wife calls her, our 3 year old, 65 lb dog) the other day when I saw something out of the corner of my eye that made me stop and backtrack to check it out. “That couldn’t be…” I thought to myself. Sure enough, it was an electric bicycle charging station!

This was really exciting, as I’ve never actually seen an ebike charging station like this in the flesh before. To be honest, I didn’t even realize they existed yet.

What’s so special about an electric bicycle charging station?

To put this in perspective, and in case anyone isn’t already aware, electric bicycles don’t charge like electric cars, where you need a special, high powered charging connector that is purpose built for electric vehicle connections. Ebikes charge from standard 110V or 220V wall outlets using a charger not unlike your laptop or cell phone charger. It simply steps down the voltage to the appropriate level for your battery and has a matching charging connector, like an RCA, XLR or other common electrical connector.

That means that technically any outlet is a charging station for an ebike. When I did my 800 kilometer (500 mile) Florida road trip last year, I would “guerrilla charge” by stopping at gas stations, convenience stores, restaurants or other businesses that had outdoor outlets. I’d always ask first, and most of the time the owner was happy to let me plug in for a while.

There are two main problem’s with guerrilla charging though: A) you’ve got to find a place with an outdoor outlet, which isn’t always easy (and reason A and a half is that you have to hope the owner agrees) and B) you have to always carry your charger. The first is never a guarantee and the second is something most people don’t want to do.

An electric bicycle charging station is basically just a larger, clunkier form for an ebike charger in that it plugs right into a standard 110V or 220V outlet, just like a normal ebike charger (or phone or laptop charger). It allows anyone with an ebike to stop on by, plug in for a while and then be on their way.

electric bicycle charging station

This charging station was plugged into a standard extension cord

The cool thing is that DIY electric bicycle charging stations would be relatively simple to produce and operate, and they could be installed in public places like parks, pedestrian walkways, bus stops, etc as part of a municipal project OR they could be installed by businesses as a way to entice customers or profit off a booming ebike market.

Is there enough demand for ebike charging stations?

I spotted this ebike charging station in Tel Aviv, which has one of the largest proportion of ebikes in a city outside of China. The ebike explosion in Tel Aviv has been huge, to the point that the tens of thousands of ebikes whipping around the streets and sidewalks have become a major safety concern, causing the city to begin enacting a series of laws to regulate ebikes and where they can ride (seriously… for example it’s now a law that if someone age 15 or younger is caught riding an ebike, the police officer can let the air out of his tires so he has to walk it home. I should write a whole article on the effect of mass ebike adoption on Tel Aviv).

Anyways, in a city like Tel Aviv with tens of thousands of ebikes riding around, these electric bicycle charging stations make a lot of sense. The ebike market is split with two main demographics making up the majority of users: teenagers and urban commuters. One the one hand, it’s quite common to see packs of teenagers (and unfortunately kids as young as 10) riding around the streets after school. Ebikes are the new ‘cool things’ and you’re not a cool kid until your parents have bought you an ebike. Imagine the high school freedom of your first car, but in middle school… and with an ebike. The other major group of ebikers are urban commuters: people getting to work and parents dropping off kids at school. Many times a week I see a parent with two kids on a 20″ folding ebike. I even saw four people on a single ebike once, but wasn’t fast enough with my camera. But I digress.

The point is that these groups are out there using their ebikes for long distances and are frequently running out of charge, evidenced by another common sight in Tel Aviv: people pedaling ebikes with dead batteries. Commuters have the luxury of keeping a spare charger at work, but the packs of teenagers that ride all afternoon and evening (until mom texts that dinner is ready) are stuck with the juice they’ve got in the tank, so to speak. Electric bicycle charging stations are perfect for both of these types of riders! Whether you forgot to charge your ebike at work or you just want to stay out riding for a bit longer on your cruise, stopping off for a quick 5A charge can buy you those extra electrons you need.

Tel aviv is obviously a special case though, as not every city has swarms of ebikes like we do. I’ve lived in a few different states in the US, and I’ve never seen more than a handful of ebikes there. Back in 2012 in Pittsburgh, I was one of maybe a dozen ebike riders in the city. In Southwest Florida I’ve seen perhaps one ebike per day. I’ve never lived on the west coast but I know that in California there is a growing number of ebikes, and I think that the west coast is probably the best place to start testing electric bicycle charging stations in the US. Any city that has a growing number of ebikes is surely in for an ebike boom in the next few years, and these ebike charging stations can be a great service for the community and potentially for business owners that install them.

One ebike charging station to rule them all

The most common types of ebikes here in Tel Aviv are the 36V, 250W EU-legal 20″ folding ebikes. The picture below shows the line of ebikes sold by the largest ebike importer in Israel, GreenBike.

The most common ebikes in Tel Aviv

The most common ebikes in Tel Aviv

What do you notice about most of these ebikes? They almost all use the same type of battery, often called a “Silverfish” style battery (the Chinese often name things after animals they resemble, though I can’t quite figure how they landed on this one). These batteries are very popular here because in a city known for bicycle theft, these batteries can be easily removed and carried by the rider using their built in handle.

They have a charging port on the side, usually RCA or XLR, but their discharge port at the bottom of the battery is apparently used by this charging station for charging the batteries via the small black platform at the bottom of the charging station. I’m not sure if that’s a factory component, or if this enterprising ebike shop owner hacked off the discharge platform from an old  ebike and mounted it onto the charging station to make charging easier for these types of bikes.

electric bicycle charging station

Charging connectors for many different batteries

This charging station offers charging rates of 5A, 8A and 10A which is possible for most batteries only by bypassing the BMS’s charging feature and charging directly through the discharge port. This allows higher power charging, but will not allow the BMS to cut off charging if a single cell group charges too high, at least on most BMS’s that I’m familiar with. This type of charging works, though doing it too often can be harmful to the battery. In theory though, this type of public fast charger is more likely to be used to put a bit of charge back into a nearly empty battery, and most people wouldn’t use a charger like this to completely top off their battery.

Another slightly more technical note: lithium batteries can be charged at higher rates when they are in a more depleted state, but are more likely to be damaged when fast charged at an almost full state. A proper fast charger will start out at a high current and slowly lower the current as the charge level increases.

I noticed that this charging station has a number of extra connectors draped over it, meaning you could charge nearly any type of battery, even if it isn’t the standard type used by most riders here. This is obviously quite easy to implement, as the electricity is the same regardless of the battery. All you need are a number of different charging connectors wired in parallel to accommodate different battery charging ports.

electric bicycle charging station

You’ll also notice from the pictures that this particular ebike charging station is a bit beaten up. I’d say “well loved”, but it looks more like it’s in need of some love. This is obviously going to be an issue for public charging stations, just like with any public infrastructure. Park benches are much stronger and beefier than any bench you’d put in your garden at home. This admittedly first attempt at a charging station has the right idea, but in a city with so many ebike users, a stronger design meant to withstand years of constant use is crucial to ensure the success of these charging stations.

Pay to charge?

The particular electric bicycle charger that I stumbled upon was coin operated, which brings up another issue all together: paying to charge. Ebike’s use very little electricity, and most ebikes with standard 350-500 Wh batteries can charge from empty to full for well less than the cost of a pack of gum. Considering the average US cost of electricity, an average ebike could charge fully for $0.06, which is about as near to free as you can get.

electric bicycle charging station

I’m not sure how much a commercial ebike charging station costs to install, but one could surely be built by a handy DIYer or Maker for a few hundred bucks. This begs the question of which is more valuable: profiting/recouping the investment of the ebike charging station, or providing a charging service in the hopes of bringing in more customers looking to patronize an establishment and get their sweet, sweet electron fix a the same time. That’s an issue that would be up to each business to decide for itself, but there is certainly a case to be made for both sides.

The future for ebike charging stations

This is only the first electric bicycle charging station that I’ve seen, but there are bound to be more in the future. Tel Aviv is a great test case to determine how often these charging stations get used and how much market demand there is for such charging stations. Pretty soon I think we’ll be seeing them popping up in various places along the west coast of the US and in some ebike-friendly cities in Europe. If you see any in your town, be sure to let me know in the comments below and send a picture while you’re at it. Until then, I’ll be on the lookout!

Save Money and Find Great Deals on China’s Shopping Holiday!

November 11th may just be another day to most of the world, but 11.11 is Singles Day in China, an online shopping holiday that positively dwarfs Cyber Monday, the US’s own online shopping holiday. There is debate as to the origin of the holiday, but the four 1’s in the date supposedly represent single people and the day is seen as both a chance to celebrate being single and to shop.

Regardless of the origin, one thing is for certain: it’s the single best day of the year to buy electric bicycle components, and pretty much anything else from China for that matter. I’ve only been participating for a couple years, but after finding sites like Aliexpress and Gearbest (and realizing they have the same stuff I buy locally, but direct from factory) I’ve been scoring an ever increasing hall of goodies each Novemeber. This Singles Day I’ve already created my shopping list in advance, and I thought I’d share with you guys some of the great ebike parts I’ve found that will be going on sale. Note: some of the links below are affiliate links. What that means is that if you shop via these links, EbikeSchool.com will receive a small percentage of the proceeds. This has no effect on you (the prices are the same low prices) but it is a huge help to keep this site up and running, and most importantly free!

BBS01, BBS02 and BBSHD

Mid-drives are becoming king of the road on electric bicycles due in large part to their increasing ease of installation, stealthy design and low weight. The Bafang 8fun BBS01 (250W-350W), BBS02 (500W-750W) and BBSHD (1,000W) mid-drive kits are probably the best well known. If you’re in the USA, Luna Cycle usually has the best price on the two larger versions of the kits, but on Singles Day even Luna can’t beat the holiday prices.

Complete BBSHD kit for just $561 with free shipping!

Complete BBSHD kit for just $561 with free shipping!

The largest Bafang mid-drive shop on Aliexpress is having some amazing sales, including the BBSHD for $561, the BBS02 for $365 and the BBS01 for only $297! And all of those prices include free shipping! I’ve used this vendor before and been more than satisfied – good parts, good communication and great prices. In fact, I’d recommend checking out their online store, where pretty much everything is on sale for Singles Day. They’ve got tons of parts and accessories for Bafang 8fun kits, including replacement displays for as low as $30.

48V 10.4AH shark pack for just $305 shipped

48V 10.4AH shark pack for just $305 shipped

The same vendor also has battery packs for great prices, including a Hailong (shark) 48V 10.4AH pack for just $305 or another Hailong 48V 14AH pack for $424 which uses the high quality Sanyo GA cells. Any other day and their prices wouldn’t be much better than Luna Cycle’s, at which point I’d recommend buying from Luna, but on Singles Day, you can’t beat these prices.

Same pack but at 48V 14AH with Sanyo cells for $440

Same pack but at 48V 14AH with Sanyo cells for $424

Now, even though they have good reviews, I don’t have much experience using the batteries from this vendor so I can’t personally vouch for them. But I can personally vouch for the next vendor from whom I’ve bought at least a dozen batteries.

High quality and inexpensive electric bicycle batteries

Generally speaking I recommend being wary of buying an ebike battery from overseas. If you don’t know the vendor or the quality of their work, it can really be a toss of the dice. But this particular vendor has proven themselves to be a high quality source for great batteries with genuine, top of the line battery cells and fantastic battery pack production. I’d still love if you supported my own battery project now on Kickstarter, but if you want your battery already assembled, look no further than my favorite AliExpress battery vendor.

Here is just a sampling of the deals they are having for Singles Day. You can get the same Hailong (shark pack) battery from above, but at 48V 11.6AH for just $305!  And that pack is using Samsung cells (which I assume means 29E cells), not some cheap knock-off cell.

Same shark pack at 48V 11.6AH for $305

Same shark pack at 48V 11.6AH for $305

And check out this deal: a 52V 20AH triangle pack using genuine Panasonic 18650pf cells with bag and charger for just $545. This pack costs around $700 including charger and shipping at Luna. Any other day of the year, it would only be about $50 cheaper to get it from this vendor on Aliexpress, at which point it’s probably worth it to go with Luna for their good warranty and support, but today you can save over $150 by getting it from Aliexpress. For me, that’s definitely worth it, but you’ll have to make that call yourself.

48V 20AH triangle battery for $545

48V 20AH triangle battery for $545

Want to upgrade your Sondors ebike? They’ve got a Sondors-ready 48V 20AH triangle battery for just $355. You can get the same 48V 20AH battery in a rectangle instead of a triangle for just $333. These two appear to use generic cells, but hey, it’s for a Sondors ebike, so… yea…

Anyways, they’ve got tons of good ebike battery and charger deals for Singles Day, check out the rest of their sales here.

Spot Welders

If you’ve been considering getting a spot welder to build your own batteries (especially if you read my article on battery building) then you’ve got some good spot welder sales coming. The 787A spot welder will be down to $120 while the 709A spot welder with hand probes will be down to $203. Prices fluctuate a lot on these welders but both are pretty good deals.

787A spot welder for $120

787A spot welder for $120

Electric bicycle accessories

Some of my favorite accessories are also on sale for Singles Day. I absolutely love this slim little bicycle multitool for just $7.

$7 bicycle multitool

$7 bicycle multitool

It’s also a great time to stock up on connectors like XT-60’s for about 50 cents per pair, or 45A Anderson PowerPole’s for just over $1 per pair.

XT-60 connectors for 50 cents/pair

XT-60 connectors for 50 cents/pair

Do you have an emergency roadside pump? It’d be a shame to be stuck pushing your bike home when you could have stashed a $3 pump somewhere on your bike.

And what about lights? This insanely small but bright 960 lumen headlight with over 500 positive reviews is normally $80 but on sale for $23 this Singles Day!

960 lumen headlight for $23

960 lumen headlight for $23

If you’d prefer something a little more ‘normal’ powered, this 12V-80V head light has a built in DC-DC converter so it can run straight off your battery. And 18W is pretty powerful for just $7.

For $7 you can run this headlight straight off your ebike battery

For $7 you can run this headlight straight off your ebike battery

And while you’re add it, consider adding some flexible waterproof light strips to your bike. These are just $0.70 each for 1 meter long strips. I added white lights to the front of my bike and red lights to the rear for a really well lit night riding setup. You can read my how-to article on adding these types of 12V lights to your bike without a DC-DC converter here.

Just $0.70 each for these flexible LED strips

Just $0.70 each for these 1 meter flexible LED strips

Depending on how obnoxious you want your bike to look, you can pick up one of these multi-colored wheel light designs for less than $5.

screen-shot-2016-11-10-at-12-47-51-pm

Alright, this seat is ridiculous, but part of me really wants to try it. I don’t know if I’m going to pull the trigger on this or not, but for some reason I still have it sitting in my cart. It just looks like it could be super comfy, especially with the extra springiness of the frame. Or it could be terrible. Though that weird hook in the back would make a great handle for lifting my ebike or for wrapping a chain lock around. If anyone has this seat, please let me know before the end of the day if you like it!

For $30, I am not sure if I want to try this weird but awesome seat.

For $30, I am not sure if I want to try this weird but awesome seat.

Cheap electric bicycles conversion kit

Entire ebike conversion kit for $384

Entire ebike conversion kit for $384

Alright, we’ve all got that friend, coworker or family member that heard about how we built our own ebike and has been bugging us to make one for them too. Most people balk at the price of ebike conversion kits, but if all they need is a simple, low power kit then this may be good for them. It’s a 36V 350W kit with your standard inexpensive 8.8AH battery, but it’s only $384! And that’s for everything: the motor, battery, controller, controller case, brake levers, throttle, display, wiring, PAS unit, headlight… everything! This is not a powerful or top of the line kit, but if you’ve got a bike that you want electrified for less than $400, this is the way to do it.

Even complete electric bicycles?!

Aluminum fat bike for $1,160

Hilariously, you can even get complete ebikes on sale for Singles Day. This 36V 350W fat bike is on sale for $1,160 with free shipping straight to your door. The spec’s aren’t killer, but it’s still a better price than you’d ever find locally for an aluminum frame electric fat bike. Don’t expect to be climbing any mountains on it, but messing around on the beach or in snow should still be pretty fun. Plus it’s already better than a Sondors.

48V folding ebike for $945

48V folding ebike for $945

The same vendor also has a cute little 20″ folding 48V ebike for $945. Most of us could build our own version of this ebike for a little bit less, but that internal battery is a pretty nice feature that is difficult to recreate yourself. And for someone that doesn’t feel comfortable going the DIY route, this is a relatively inexpensive way to get yourself a peppy little folding ebike, considering that comparably spec’d ebikes in the USA retail for about twice as much.

Non-ebike related things

I usually get a pile of ebike parts on Singles Day, but there are some other amazing deals out there too. Last year I got my wife an iLife robotic vacuum cleaner – basically a Roomba knock-off but at about 80% off the price of a Roomba. With a fur-factory of a dog at home, nothing has taught me the truth of “happy wife, happy life” more than this single purchase.

Roomba-style robotic vacuum for $141

Roomba-style robotic vacuum for $141

Last year we got my wife a Microsoft Surface tablet and I’ve been “borrowing” it more and more so I decided to finally get myself a tablet. After a bunch of research, I’ve settled on the Chuwi 10.1″ tablet. It’s got basically the same functionality but is only $139 on Singles Day. With 64Gb of storage, 4Gb of RAM and a quad core intel processor, plus Windows 10 and Android operating systems, it’s more than I need for my casual use (let’s be honest, browsing Facebook and Endless-Sphere or writing Ebikeschool.com articles).

Chuwi 10.1" tablet laptop for $139

Chuwi 10.1″ tablet laptop for $139

There are also tons of great deals on similar tablets and smartphones, so if you’ve been on the fence about some new electronics and don’t need to pay hundreds of dollars for a brand name, consider a Chinese version like Chuwi or Huawei.

So that’s the list of the main things I’m looking at this Singles Day. But there are literally hundreds of thousands of items on sale, with way more ebike related things than I could list here. I recommend checking out this page on Aliexpress which lists all the sale items by category, and jumping into the cycling category under sports and outdoors. Or check anything you’d like. There are crazy deals on everything from hiking back packs to blenders… seriously.

Good luck and even if you aren’t single, Happy Singles Day!

 

Luna Cycle: A Peek Behind the Scenes

Luna Cycle Lab

The Luna Cycle lab, where the magic happens

A little over a year ago Luna Cycle appeared to burst onto the ebike scene from out of nowhere, shocking the market with a wide range of ebike parts at shockingly reasonable prices. Ever since they’ve kept a steady stream of new products and innovations flowing, not only surviving but eventually thriving in the tough ebike market. So I had to sit down with Luna Cycle’s founder Eric and see what made Luna tick.

I assumed I would be learning about the history of Luna Cycle, but I soon realized that it goes deeper than that. Because the history of Luna Cycle is really the history of Eric.

luna cycle founders

Eric and his fiance Ashley, the Luna Cycle duo

Eric got into electric bicycles back in 2002 for many of the same reasons that we all did, namely finding an alternative to gas powered cars that could be both fun and useful. It also helped that he lived in San Francisco and found that ebikes could flatten out the steep terrain. Soon he was organizing group rides and hill climbing races around San Francisco while simultaneously becoming a major contributor to Endless Sphere, the main ebike forum that most of us use to talk shop and learn about ebikes.

Eric started spending so much time on Endless Sphere (ES) that it started to feel like an obsession, or even almost an addiction. Many people in the DIY ebike community know that Justin of Ebikes.ca is considered something of a “savior” on ES for buying the forum with the purpose of keeping it ad free, but few people know that Eric nearly became that savior first. In doing so, he ended up creating one of the largest ebike informational websites on the internet, electricbike.com.

It’s a really interesting story of how it all went down, so I’ll let Eric tell it in his own words:

“I did not like that the server was crashing and the owner of ES did not seem to care so much for it so I agreed to buy it for $10k and keep it just like it was, absolutely ad-free. 

I remember at the time thinking if I am going to spend this much of my free  time on ES I might as well be building something I own. I thought of it like owning a national monument.  Kind of not cool to own…but hey somebody has to own it and it best be someone who cherishes it and thinks of it as a national monument then somebody who totally neglects it and let it fall into disrepair.

The owner (knight.mb) agreed to sell it to me with the stipulation that he would keep the name “endless-sphere.com”. So I went out looking for another domain. In my pursuit of looking for domain squatters I found Justin of ebikes.ca who was sitting on “ebike.com”. I asked him if he wanted to sell it and he asked “what for?” I told him about my plan to buy ES and I think he was interested in buying ES too.

Eventually, the owner at electricbike.com wrote me back and we came with an agreement for me to buy the domain name electricbike.com. I already made a verbal agreement to buy ES and now I had electricbike.com to sit it on. It seemed like a winning combo.

Anyway, disaster struck when Knightmb decided to sell ES to a 3rd party (not me or Justin). War ensued and Justin ended up buying out the 3rd party for a large amount of money and I was left holding electricbike.com as a super great domain that I did not feel good just squatting on.”

Now Eric was left with the domain Electricbike.com and nothing to do with it. He didn’t want to squat on it, so he decided that he’d put all of his hard earned ebike knowledge to use by creating a site for ebike information. He began with a goal of writing an article every two days (which by the way is an incredible pace that I could only dream to match!). He never intended to make any money off of the site, instead just trying to create something that would add to the world of ebike knowledge.

Writing kept him busy, but not so busy that he couldn’t still focus on what was becoming his main goal: creating an electric bicycle that could change the world. As Eric puts it, “I started my plan of making an electric fat bike back before anyone had thought of an electric fat bike. I am pretty sure I built the first electric fat bike ever.

luna cycle fat bike

Luna Cycle’s newer fat bikes; Eric has come a long way

It was during this time that Eric saw a change in the DIY ebike industry — a change for the worse.
“I was kind of let down with the industry. I did not think the big vendors I knew so well were doing anything to build the scene. Their prices seemed really inflated for goods anyone could buy on ebay, amazon or alibaba. I thought they needed a kick in the ass.  I am a true believer in the DIY scene, but in the 3-5 years time that I started electricbike.com I watched the scene go completely stagnant.  Store-bought bikes like the Sondors were becoming a better value than DIY bikes while a few years ago it was the opposite.

Suddenly I could not recommend DIY as the way to go and definitely could not whole-hardheartedly recommend a vendor. So I decided to become that vendor.” 

And thus Luna Cycle was born…

Luna Cycle’s humble beginnings

Alright, so it didn’t happen that simply.  Eric had actually spent the last three years continuing his new life-goal of bringing a world changing ebike to market. In designing and planning his bike, he went from vendor to vendor trying to find places he could order tens of parts for reasonable prices.

But the prices baffled him. Even as a manufacturer, he was quoted prices higher than if he simply bought from eBay. At those rates, his ebike would never be affordable. Basically, he didn’t want to be “one of those guys explaining why my ebike costs as much as a motorcycle.”

Eric felt that the DIY industry he loved so much was in trouble. “I thought that I could show those guys that offering fair prices is the way to go, and the only way this ebike thing is going to ever be mainstream.”

Luna Cycle founder eric's shipping center for wake and vape

The humble shipping center (living room) of one of Eric’s previous businesses WakeAndVape

Eric is no stranger to entrepreneurism, having started both a chess instruction venture and one of the largest online vaping stores in the world. Starting a company wasn’t necessarily the hard part for Eric, rather it was the strategy. He already had an ebike website with huge traffic and considered opening an expanded store on the existing site to capitalize on that traffic. But Eric decided that if he was going to do something new, then it had to be completely new. Even so, it was a tough decision. “It was really scary going the lunacycle.com route.  It’s like owning a shopping mall and deciding instead to open your new store out in the desert somewhere.”

From the beginning, Eric knew he would have to innovate to stay alive. His goal was to offer good quality products at fair prices. But he had the rest of the industry breathing down his neck. He knew he’d have to take some risks in order to make it work. “I got lucky that I picked some products that held up well. I obviously gambled a lot with the BBSHD [a powerful mid-drive motor kit] and bought the entire first production run… and helped Bafang bring a high power product to the market that even they were afraid to sell.”

luna cycle bbs02 chain ring

Luna Cycle machining their own BBS02 chain rings in house

Eric’s reputation in the community helped Luna Cycle in its early days as well. “Many people knew me and trusted me as the editor of electricbike.com that I would stand behind this stuff and figure out a way to make it work.”

Luna cycle tool

More Luna innovation: Bafang sells this tool for $100, but Luna made a better stainless steel version that retails for just $20

Throughout the tough work there were many motivating moments, but it wasn’t all sunshine either.

Being the new guy: The good, the bad & the ugly

One of the things Eric is most thankful about, especially during the stressful early days of Luna Cycle, are his supportive customers. “I remember the weekend we opened, a customer came to my house and bought $3k worth of kits and batteries. I asked him how he found out about us and how could he just throw this kind of money down to a brand new seller? He said he had been reading our site for years and when he saw we opened a store he wanted to buy something right away and trusted what we sold.”

However, for all the goodwill Eric received from his customers, the opposite was in store for him courtesy of the big players in the industry. Out of everything, Eric says that this was perhaps the hardest part. He experienced a lot of nastiness from competitors, including people contacting his suppliers and trying to turn him into government agencies. “I was surprised by how much friction I got from competing dealers. I thought we are all in this together and should be working together. As a new guy we came in and were forced to follow the rules that nobody else was following because it felt like we had a target on our back. I felt like I was being bullied. Now it seems I am the big kid on the block and it’s a nice feeling.”

Moving forward: Luna Cycle’s future

Luna Cycle is pushing forward with more offerings and improved products. Currently some of their soft-shell batteries are made in the US, but many of their hard packs are produced off-shore to Luna’s specifications. Eric wants to bring it all in-house so he can ensure the highest levels of quality control in the future. He even wants to eventually build his own battery cases and says that he’s making progress towards that goal. “We are buying heavy production machinery at a time when everyone else in the USA is selling. Its scary… but I think it’s the right course.”

luna cycle cyclones

A new batch of 7,000W Cyclone mid-drives

Eric also wants to focus on customer support, one of the big differences between Luna Cycle and the plethora of inexpensive Asian competitors. When I asked him what else separates Luna Cycle from the rest of the pack, he wasn’t short on answers. According to Eric, Luna Cycle separates itself by “being as forthright as possible. By always bettering ourselves and what we offer. By moving fast and really trying to build on this industry rather than just ride it. By not just copying other people’s products [but instead] having our own ideas. By being out in the field with a machete defining the path rather than following someone else’s path.”

luna cycle retail store

Setting up a new Luna Cycle retail store

You’ll remember that Eric’s goal from the beginning was to introduce a world-changing ebike, and he says that Luna Cycle is still making progress on it. “We are actually working towards my dream of selling complete bikes. The parts are just a means to an end; the real goal is to bring fantastic bikes to market. Now we have all the parts to do it and are not reliant on anyone to get them.  And by complete bikes I do not mean conversion bikes, but our own bike that we build from the ground up here in the USA.”

luna cycle ebike

The beginning of even more full ebike development

When I asked Eric what was next on the horizon for Luna, he answered “I want to offer some bad ass bikes and I want to do a better job of making our own products that nobody else has. I have big plans for Luna. I don’t want to let our customers down who we owe so much too.  I want to come up with some amazing new products that really change the game.”

Time for one last story?

I want to leave you with one last interesting story about the founding of Luna, and how it almost didn’t happen. And since I don’t want to butcher it, I’m going to let Eric tell it in his own words.

“Electric bikes almost always just sapped my money, almost drove me bankrupt trying to bring my bike to market, getting all the parts and not being able to offer a complete bike. Well anyway ebikes always been something that cost me money not made money.  I started an online vape business wakeandvape.com that took off last year and we were killing it, quickly becoming industry leaders.  At the same time I was still working on sourcing batteries for my ebikes and flipping batteries via long email exchanges etc. I thought this is ridiculous, we are all set up for shipping and I got electricbike.com which was getting a lot of traffic, why don’t I have store on there?

All my vape friends thought I was crazy for having such a big site as electricibike.com and a store that was literally selling about 200 dollars a year in LED bike lights and j1772 connectors. I thought and thought about building a website but couldn’t make up my mind and didn’t know if it was a good idea so I kept procrastinating.  Also I didn’t want to fail and be laughed at by my buddies on ES.

Plus I was really busy with Vape. We were becoming one of the biggest online vape stores in the world and I was pretty focused on it.  So I just kept procrastinating. At one point I built an entire new store on electricbike.com and just chickened out and didn’t bring it live. I thought something is really wrong with me. It occurred to me that we had run a sucky store for more than a few years and it kind of wrecked electricbike.com as a store front so it was time to build something completely new.

I was really really scared about how to do it and if it would go over well or would it be just another ebike failure that would make me look bad. I didn’t know what people would think of me once I went commercial because the bike community who I love has this noncommercial ethic going. I never will forget how I would pace and think of it and just hit myself in the head and think ‘why is this so hard?’ It was a really big step into the unknown… and I really had no idea how it would go or which direction to go in. And in the meantime I am selling the hell out of vapes, something I don’t even like that much or believe in.

Well anyway one day the credit card company pulled the rug out from wake and vape and stopped paying us. I couldn’t believe it. Just one day our credit card payments stopped coming and we continued to sell waiting for them to release our money and they never did. We were guilty of processing too much, of being too successful too fast.  I thought no wonder its so hard to start an American business our banks really suck. They said we had become too high risk so they were gonna close our account and hold onto our money for 6 months, which a credit card company can legally do, to make sure we didn’t go bankrupt before giving us our money back.  By the time we got another processor lined up they had all our operating cash and brought a thriving business to its knees. I was shocked and depressed and really felt all our momentum was gone and did not have the energy to fight to survive. None of it seemed right.

After developing a multi-million dollar company we were on our knees… begging our families for loans for operating cash.

Well suddenly we had no money coming in and huge operating expenses since we were still taking orders and still shipping out. It was such a surreal situation. I was borrowing from everyone I could think of just to ship out our orders each day, it was insane.

So anyway I said I got all this money I have accumulated in ebike stuff including 150 fat bike cargo frames, a bunch of 18650 bare cells and battery packs that I have accumulated and been selling through email… wouldn’t it be great if we finally started a retail website for Luna Cycle and it could bail out Wake and Vape from this terrible crisis we were in?

So that was the kick in the butt I needed, and my fiancée Ashley and I stayed up all night on 4th of July weekend and built from scratch the retail website LunaCycle.com.

So when I started Luna Cycle it was kind of like a fire sale. We had the fire on our ass and we needed cash flow. Luna Cycle was the shot in the dark that people would find us and buy from a new vendor.

Luna Cycle came through and did just that.  It saved us instead of doing what you would think would happen in a situation like that which is drive us down further.

It was amazing…. Luna Cycle sold just enough to pay our shipping bills and keep Wake and Vape floating until we lined up a new vape credit card processor so that Wake and Vape could fly on its own again.

I thought that would be one hell of a story if electric bikes could save us, and it did.  I can’t tell you how thankful I am for that time last summer. What’s funny is if the banks wouldn’t have yanked the plug on Wake and Vape we probably would not have ever started Luna Cycle. We wouldn’t have had time or the inclination. I hated the banks at the time and considered taking bit coin or something, but now I have no hard feeling towards anyone because I am really happy that we started Luna.  I really really enjoy doing this.”

And it definitely shows.

Now go check out Luna Cycle and remember to be on the lookout for the impressive new complete ebikes they’re working on!

luna cycle team

“Luna Cycle is a love story….for the people closest to it they know its true.” -Eric

Spot #39

Hi there, it’s a chro-mo dirtframe, a Manitou Black fork, KHE handlebar and stem, Profile racing crank, Brooks seat, 50mm wide rims and KHE mac2 bmx tires.
I wanted to keep it as simple as possible to have a lightweight bike with very low maintenance

Spot #38

The cost includes 50 bucks I paid for the bike although I rode it at work for 12 years before conversion. When I put the motor on, you could buy an ezip at Wal-Mart for $400. I bought the setup from Bikeberry. It comes with everything if you need it or not. The motor/wheel/tire come as one piece which eases a lot of pain. I chose the front wheel setup for ease of installation–not recommended–front forks rarely are built for the stress.Why, in all the articles on ebikes does no one mention that BICYCLES HAVE 8mm DROPOUTS AND EBIKE WHEELS have 9 to 10mm AXLES !!!! I had to mill out the dropouts to get the wheel on and there wasn’t a lot of “meat” left on the fork. If you must use a front wheel motor put on a torque arm or the motor will spin its axle and ruin the fork. Other than that–flatten the hills and enjoy the breeze!

Spot #37

From Fully Charged Electric Bike Shop, I was astounded at how nimble and lightweight this bike was to ride. It looks fantastic with the integrated battery and it covers the daily 15 mile commute with ease.

Spot #36

I bought this bike off a crusty Marine in Monterey, California in 2013 for $89 on craigslist. Using an Xtracycle Free Radical, it was converted into a cargo bike so I could carry the kids around. I installed a LEED 250 Series Electric Bike Conversion Kit. The battery is carried on the frame in a Revelate Designs frame bag. This protects the battery from bumpy rides and keeps it dry in bad weather. This bike has become my go-to commuter that I ride in the Washington D.C. area to and from work. It can carry all my gear as well as the kids and it is a fast ride. It’s fun to pass morning and evening commuters. They have no idea it is an electric bike!

Spot #35

Spot #34

I bought this through the Freway Ebike kickstarter campaign. The Bike is a pedelec only (has no throttle,) and it’s spec is EC legal so obv US legal too.
Bike feels very underpowered if you’re used to throttle but is perfect for assisting me in getting actual excersize on my Ebike, as opposed to just commuting on it.
As well as being best on the trails, due to being much lighter than any of my other ebikes, but also has great specs for it’s price.
The frame is Alloyal in the new 650b 27.5″ size, instead of the usual 26″ and it has a decent front suspension shock by Suntour, xcm w/lockout, QR skewers on front wheel with 160mm hydraulic Tektro disk brakes. It features mid level Shimano specs, inc 27 speed front and rear deore derailleurs plus shimano crankset, but the battery pack is a lil small at only 5.2ah!(but I do have 2 of them, and the low amperage controller means good mileage too.)
It has a great external battery dock, that allows me to gain further use of my battery to power my cellphone even my laptop (I had to buy the matching HP DC tip though,) through the Dock as well as having a built in 3w led light (and kinda useless alarm sos mode.)
It’s also has built in pack powered front and rear lighting and is capped by a nice 4.0″ touch screen display to control everything. It also has a bar mounted switch to sequentially cycle the motor power assistance levels from level 0 (just you) to level 3 (max power,) without touching the display mid ride.
I must say it’s the most bike like Ebike I own and it grows on me with each ride.

A List Of Great (And Inexpensive) Electric Bicycle Parts

I’ve been building electric bicycles for nearly a decade now. A few years ago I started this website as a place to freely share a lot of the knowledge I’ve accumulated over the years. One of the questions I get asked most often is about recommendations for specific parts.

There are thousands of options out there for every single ebike accessory you could think of, so it’s hard for me to make an exhaustive list. What I’ll do instead is try to compile a list below of the ebike parts I use most often and that I generally recommend to others. Some of these parts I’ve written up full reviews for, and others I’m still planning to write more about.

For the sake of this list though, I’ll try to keep it less wordy and focus more on the links and the images. Also, most of the vendors I know are either in North America or China. If you don’t live in North America, the Chinese ones will likely be more helpful to you. I’ve tried to give examples of both in cases where I buy from both places.

Electric Bicycle Motors:

There are tons of motors out there, but these are some of my favorites.

For a pretty standard yet powerful 48V 1000W ebike, I like to go with a 9C-clone-style gearless motor like this one from Conhismotor, which also includes the controller, ebrakes, etc – basically everything you need except for the battery.

For genuine 9C motors, I recommend going with Grin Technology (AKA ebikes.ca), located in Canada.

For a smaller geared motor in the 500W range, I’d recommend ebike.ca’s Ezee kits here.

If you’re not in North America but still want a geared motor kit, this is a pretty decent one for an amazing price. For $400 you can have an entire ebike ready to be assembled. It’s not the most powerful kit, but it’s certainly good for cruising around town.

For a more powerful ebike, Kinaye Motor Sports in the USA is a great source for the MXUS 3,000W motors and all the other bits (controllers, throttles, etc) that you’ll need. If you’re outside of the US, you can get the MXUS 3,000W motors from a Chinese vendor here.

The BBS02 is an amazing mid-drive motor that is badged up to 750W but really puts out about 1,000W of peak power. One of the best prices I’ve seen is available here, and it’s available for a little more from a great ebike vendor in China, EM3EV, here. But if you’re prefer to buy it in the US, a very trustworthy and helpful vendor is California Ebike here.

Bafang released a higher power version of the BBS02, known as the BBSHD, which is good for about 1,500 peak watts. I’ve gotten one here, but the best price I’ve found so far is here, though prices change often and the market fluctuates.

Electric Bicycle Batteries:

Batteries are a little tougher because there are a million and a half options out there. Generally I build my own electric bicycle batteries, but when I buy batteries, these are some of the sources I use:

EM3EV has a great selection of batteries that they build in plastic cases, triangle shapes or standard rectangular bricks. These are some great quality packs.

For better prices though, I’ve sometimes used batteries from Aliexpress. I’ve had some great batteries from there and also found some lesser quality ones, so I’ll only link to the ones that were worth it.

I used one of these 36V 10AH batteries for a customer that simply wanted a replacement battery for a standard seat tube style battery.

This is a HUGE capacity 48V 30AH triangle pack for a price that you’d never find the US. You could ride for days or weeks on this battery without recharging, depending on your commute.

If that’s a little much for you, this is also a good 48V 20AH triangle pack made from Samsung cells.

triangle batt

A friend of mine bought this 48V 9AH battery for a great price and has been happy with it. Keep in mind that it’s a medium power battery though. Don’t try to pull more than 800 or 900 watts out of it.

A lot of people prefer a locking battery case though, and so this 48V 10AH battery is a better fit. For under $300 including shipping, it’s simply a steal.

This little 24V 10AH bottle style battery works great for my wife’s ebike, mounted just like a water bottle holder.

There are actually a whole pile of ebike batteries on Aliexpress but I’ve only tried a handful of them. The good thing about Aliexpress is they hold your payment in escrow until you confirm that the goods are working well, then release the payment to the vendor. So if you have a problem with a product that turns out to be problematic, they give you your money back if you file a claim. I’ve used the process a few times and it was actually confidence inspiring, I must say. It makes me feel better about taking a risk on a more expensive product since I know the buyer protection works.

It’s also one reason I prefer Aliexpress to eBay, since your money is held by Aliexpress and not released to the seller until you give the go-ahead.

Lithium Ion (Li-ion) 18650 Cells:

As I mentioned before, I build my own batteries most of the time, which means I buy a lot of battery cells, mostly Li-ion 18650 cells.  Here are some of my main sources for cells:

Samsung 26F cells (2.6AH, 5.2A max) – These cells are good for lower power applications where you don’t need more than 2C discharge. I built a lot of 48V 15-ish AH packs from these cells. Great for low to medium power applications. I get most of my 26F cells here. That vendor’s prices are a little higher but I’ve worked with them a lot and know they are great quality and have good service/communication. Recently I started getting cells from here in higher quantities because the price has been better.

Panasonic 18650PF cells (2.9AH, 10A max) – I use these cells for most of my medium to higher power packs. They have great energy density and are top quality, like the Samsung’s above, but are capable of higher power. I get them here or sometimes here.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 10.52.31 PM

Sanyo 18650GA cells (3.5AH 10A max) – These cells are a bit newer than the two previous cells and are great for medium to higher power packs as well. Basically any case where you’d use the Panasonic cells above but would like more capacity, this is the cell to use. I usually buy them from here.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 10.53.56 PM

Electric bicycle battery spot welder

I have a few different spot welders that I use for building lithium batteries from 18650 cells. The one I use most is this one, which I created a video review for, shown below.


I’ve also had good success with this one which has flexible welding probes which allow you to reach farther and get to the middle of a battery to make repairs. With my welder in the video above I have to do one row at a time as I build the battery since it doesn’t have the long flexible arms. Both methods work, it just depends on which you prefer.

SUNKKO-709A-1500W-Spot-Welding-Soldering-Station-with-Universal-welding-pen-for-phone-notebook-18650-lithium When it comes to nickel strip for welding batteries, make sure you get 100% pure nickel strip. It should be indicated in the product description, but be sure to double check that it’s actually pure nickel when you receive it by using the test I invented here. I buy my nickel strip by the kilogram here, but you can also buy smaller amounts here if you don’t build as many batteries as me!

Screen Shot 2016-05-19 at 11.29.14 AM

lithium battery BMS’s (battery management system):

BMS’s are available from a number of sources, but almost all of them are in China, so you’ll have to get used to sending some money overseas and waiting a few weeks to get your goods.

The best quality BMS’s I’ve seen are from BesTechPower. I’ve used their D131 a few times for some 72V packs and I love it. Their BMS’s are pricy though, and higher quality than most people need. You can spend a quarter of the money and get something that’s likely good enough for most applications.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 10.56.15 PM

A common and very inexpensive 13S BMS I’ve used a bunch is this one.  The same vendor (who I buy from often) has a good 14s BMS as well, and even a 20s BMS which would be good for you if the D131 above is too rich for your blood.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.01.07 PM

For inexpensive 36V BMS’s I usually go with this one and this one. They’re both comparable in price and quality.

Electric Bicycle Chargers:

There was a great charger vendor from China that I used but unfortunately went out of business last year. He was a young guy and just found it hard to compete with the bigger established countries. Since then, and with his recommendations, I’ve settled on a few other vendors that I use for chargers.

For my personal every day charger I use a Cycle Satiator from Ebikes.ca, which I wrote a full review about here. I use it to charge my 52V battery as well as other batteries of different voltages that I have laying around.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.03.07 PM

When I need a charger to take with me on the road, I use this 52V charger.

I get most of my 48V 4A chargers from here and higher powered 48V 6A chargers from here. Those are both aluminum alloy shell chargers – I don’t use plastic chargers anymore.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.03.58 PM

For 36V chargers, I go with this little guy, and for 24V chargers I use this one, though I don’t buy 24V chargers that often.

Electric Bicycle Electronic Speed Controllers:

There are a lot of different controllers out there and they all have their specific uses. I build a lot of medium power ebikes so I don’t need anything too fancy. For the most powerful ebikes I build, I reach for a Lyen controller or an EM3EV controller, which are comparable for quality and price. Lyen ships from the USA while EM3EV ships from China, so that may affect your decision depending which country you live closer to.

For most of the medium power ebikes I build though, I don’t need controllers that are as nice as the Lyen and EM3EV controllers. I can get away with something a third of the price. I’ve been quite happy with this controller on some 72V ebikes I’ve built.

For 36V and 48V ebikes, I usually use this controller, which is appropriate for both voltages.

For lower power 36V bikes, I use this little controller, which can actually be used on 48V ebikes as well.

Electric Bicycle Throttles:

My favorite type of throttle is a half twist throttle. I get them here. Sometimes I use full twist throttles, like these. And when I use thumb throttles, I get them here.

Electric Bicycle Lights:

I wrote an article about electric bicycle lights here, but I’ll give you the summary of links below.

Ebikes.ca designed great front and rear lights that run off the main ebike battery, but they’re kind of pricy.

Most of the time I use this front head light instead, which also runs off the main ebike pack and is even brighter.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.04.52 PM

For a tail light, I go with this simple light that also runs off of my main ebike pack.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.06.11 PM

I built a set of running lights that run off of my main ebike pack using LED strips that I purchased here.

Electric Bicycle Horns:

I wrote a whole review on these horns here.

Suffice it to say that there are some great horns out there for ebikes, including a 48V horn that I love, and a similar 36V horn and many 12V horns.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.08.11 PM

For all of those horns you’ll need a button to activate them. This is the one I always use because it comes with extra buttons for lights, but any momentary contact button will work.

Bicycle Seats:

I actually buy most of my saddles locally, but I picked up this little number recently to give it a shot for my wife’s bike and she actually loves it.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.09.32 PM

Electric Bicycle Bags:

Oh boy, there are a ton of good ebike bags out there. I reviewed the Electric Rider bag a while back and still love that bag – it’s the largest one I’ve used.

The EM3EV bag is a classic that is well respected in the community. I’ve got a pile of them in my closet waiting to get used. If you don’t want to wait for (or pay for) shipping from China then you can get the bag from Kinaye Motorsports in the US here. There’s also the bag by Falcon EV that has gotten good reviews, but I haven’t used that one so I can’t vouch for it personally.

For a smaller bag in the US, I’ve had great luck with the Ibera frame bags that I’ve gotten on Amazon.

This bag is cheaper than the Ibera bags but almost as big, and I’ve found it to be quite good quality.

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.11.33 PM

Lastly, I made a really small 36V 8.7AH battery to fit inside this under seat bag that worked great. I wrote a how-to for that battery here.

Electric Bicycle Wattmeters:

The best wattmeter in the ebike industry is without a doubt the Cycle Analyst designed by ebikes.ca and available directly from them here.

I almost always use a Cycle Analyst on my bikes. Sometimes on customer’s bikes I use a cheaper wattmeter like this one in cases where a customer doesn’t want to shell out for a real Cycle Analyst. It’s not waterproof or backlit, but it’s more than 10x cheaper than a Cycle Analyst!

Screen Shot 2016-04-30 at 11.13.11 PM

I haven’t used one like this yet, but I plan to pick up one of those styles and test them when I get the time.

Electric Bicycle Tools:

There are a number of tools that are my go-to ebike tools. I really like this bicycle multi tool and keep it on my bicycle at all times for any quick repairs or adjustments. It’s great when I notice I need to tighten my brakes a bit.

bicycle tool

My standard soldering iron is a really simple, really cheap adjustable heat soldering iron. I use it for soldering wires, connectors, nickel battery terminals, BMS’s…. basically everything. Mine is the 220V version, but there’s a 110V version for the US here. It’s a workhorse and took me a year and a half to finally burn through the tip. I just picked up a set of replacement tips here that will probably last me years at this rate.

Screen Shot 2016-05-19 at 11.11.43 AM

I use heat resistant and non-conductive tape when building batteries. It’s not super strong so I don’t recommend using it in a structural application like electrical tape, but it’s a lot stickier than electrical tape so it’s perfect for cases where you need to cover exposed wires or contacts to prevent shorts, especially in an area that can get hot – like a battery.

Helping hands are an amazing tool for soldering. They help hold your small parts in place, which is great for soldering connectors onto wires. They also protect your fingers when trying to hold a wire that quickly heats up while soldering it. For me it is well worth a few bucks to make my life so much easier.

helping hands

This is my favorite little wire snips. I use it for both stripping wire ends and for cutting wires. I don’t use it on anything but copper or aluminum wire, that way it stays sharp. Ok fine, sometimes I cheat and use it to cut zip ties flush, but those are soft compared to wire, right!?

snips

Locks:

My favorite lock is the Kryptonite New York line of U-locks. They are simply beasts.  I don’t know where to get them internationally, but in the US I used to get them on Amazon.

I like to use two locks at the same time to make my ebike extra theft-resistant. My secondary lock is usually a chain lock. I know that this chain lock doesn’t look like much, but it’s actually served me well and the chain links are quite hard steel. I never use cheap cable locks.

I recently got this “puck” style lock and have been quite happy with it. It’s a nice little secondary lock, but I wouldn’t rely on it as the only lock I would use.

This is a similar style lock that I haven’t gotten yet, but that I want to try out because it’s just a bit longer and thus likely more convenient.

I also have a really neat U-lock that holds just the wheel and comes with a built in motion alarm that I reviewed here.

Electric Bicycle GPS trackers:

I haven’t gotten to purchasing a GPS tracker, though I plan to very soon. I’m deciding between a simple one like this general purpose GPS tracker and a bicycle specific GPS tracker like this clever one hidden in the stem of the handlebars.

More to come…

And that’s the majority of the electric bicycle parts that I buy on a regular basis. As I think of more ebike parts that I’ve left out I will be sure to add them. I’ll also update as I find better prices in the future.

Do you have a favorite ebike accessory? I’d love to hear about it in the comments section below!

Spot #33

Spot #32

I bought this kit and battery from china, Nothing special yet. I havent modded anything nor have I ever had any issues . It has been snowing and raining all over this bike and I have been taking it 10 k a day to work and back and for about a 75 km venture on the weekends, it runs great. Best investment of my life !

Spot #31

I bought this from a dealer that seems to have vanished from the face of the earth. It had a 200w motor in it which ceased to work and know one knows how to fix ebike motors here all they do is replace, so I did it myself with a Dillenger Kit. My wife uses it to take her elderly father (87) around the town as he has walking difficulties. The dog also rides for free.

Spot #30

Started with a mint 2008 Trek 4900-($ 175.00)–added generic hub motor kit-then upgraded to a real controller to add about 500 watts (I’m 210 lbs.) so I needed some extra torque–top speed is all I care to ever go on a bike–helmet is a must riding one of these……Huge fun–my first E- bike !!!! Not my last–Rob

Review: Cycle Satiator – A better ebike charger

It’s been a long time since I’ve been excited by an electric bicycle charger.  In fact, my ebike charger is usually my last thought – just something I use at the end of the day to top up my battery. But that was until I bought a Cycle Satiator from Grin Technologies, an innovative Canadian ebike component company.

Grin Technologies Cycle Satiator Ebike Charger

I’ll start with a quick summary of my thoughts on the Cycle Satiator. For me, it was a must-buy because it allows me to charge many different ebike batteries, replacing a pile of chargers. It also allows me to dial in the charging power and time I want based on different situations – no more waiting for my battery to slowly charge when I’m in a rush to get going. The charger is a bit expensive at $295, but below I’ll show you how this is actually quite a deal and can even save you more money over the life of your battery. So if you want to learn about a great quality charger that can pay for itself, keep reading!

Grin Technologies – ebike innovators

You guys might remember Grin (or better known as ebikes.ca) from my article on the Cycle Analyst – one of their first ebike inventions. They’ve developed all sorts of new ebike technologies in-house at their headquarters in Vancouver. From watt meters to cycle lights, they’ve lent their ingenuity to a number of different ebike developments, and now they’ve set their sights on redefining the conventional ebike charger.

Grin Technologies Cycle Satiator Ebike charger

Grin Technologies hits gold again with the Cycle Satiator

The Cycle Analyst represents years of R&D aimed at correcting all the frustrating problems associated with cheap Chinese ebike chargers, namely:

  1. Poor quality
  2. Low reliability
  3. Loud noise
  4. Limited voltage range
  5. Lack of adjustability

Let’s take a look at how the Cycle Satiator improved upon all of these areas, below.

Ebike chargers – quality matters!

Today’s lithium batteries are usually very safe, but it is important to remember that these batteries contain a lot of energy in a small package. Charging of these batteries has to be done is a safe way to ensure that the process occurs without malfunctions. Although ebike fires are incredibly rare considering the huge number of ebikes out there, those rare fires almost always occur during charging. The fault: usually a cheap charger. Here’s an interesting story from a guy whose charger burned up, convincing him to get a Cycle Satiator.

a typical cheap electric bicycle charger

A typical cheap electric bicycle charger

The Cycle Satiator has been developed from the ground up with safety in mind. The design is highly efficient, generating much less waste heat than cheaper electric bicycle chargers. The Cycle Satiator is also 100% sealed, meaning no water or foreign objects can get into the charger. The charger has made it through all the testing, legal and regulatory hurdles to ensure that it meets all major international electronic standardizations, something that most cheap Chinese chargers can’t claim. All of that regulatory testing is expensive, and has helped contribute to the higher price of the Cycle Satiator, but this is a case of “you get what you pay for”. When you spend a bit more, you get a better, safer charger.

ebike charger cycle satiator

The regulatory logos on the Cycle Satiator make the charger safer and reliable – something you won’t find on most cheap overseas chargers!

An electric bicycle charger you can count on

That attention to quality has helped make the Cycle Satiator one of the most reliable ebike chargers out there. The charger initially rolled out a limited beta-test run, giving Grin Technologies time to work with users and ensure the Cycle Satiator performed well in diverse real-world environments and uses. I got my charger over a year ago for testing and I haven’t had one single issue yet.

I’ve used dozens of other ebike chargers over the years, and I’d say that perhaps a third to one half of all cheap ebike chargers I’ve used have failed on me at one point or another. Of course my only one year with the Cycle Satiator isn’t enough to speak about its long term reliability, but I’ve had many other ebike chargers fail in less than a year. Wire joints break, cases become brittle, electronics burn out, connectors corrode or fail, etc.

Cycle Satiator's waterproof Singatron connector

Cycle Satiator’s waterproof Singatron connector

So far I haven’t had any of those issues with the Cycle Satiator. The case is beautifully machined out of high quality aluminum – not plastic. The connectors are genuine (and expensive) German manufactured Neutrix connectors and waterproof Singatron connectors. Every detail has been considered to make sure the Cycle Satiator will continue working strong for years to come.

The Cycle Satiator – eerily silent power

I like powerful ebike chargers, meaning a high current charger that can pump a whole pile of electrons through my batteries in a short period of time. The only problem with high power chargers is that they generate a lot of heat, which means they need powerful cooling fans.

Before I bought a Cycle Satiator I was using a medium power 48V 4A charger (about 200 watts). It worked pretty well, but the cooling fan could be heard from any room in the apartment and drove my wife crazy. It left me trying to schedule my charging for when I had the place all to myself.

The Cycle Satiator is even more powerful, giving you the option to charge at up to 8A, about 350 watts. Despite this, it has absolutely no cooling fan. Instead, the designers aimed for high efficiency to reduce waste heat and used a well designed heat sink allowing the Cycle Satiator to passively cool itself, no noisy fan needed. At 95% efficiency, the Cycle Satiator is the most efficient ebike charger out there and leaves very few excess watts to escape as heat.

Cycle Satiator silent charger

The Cycle Satiator – silent and beautiful

Now that doesn’t mean the charger won’t get hot. Sometimes I’m surprised at how warm the case feels during charging, but that’s a sign that it is working well, as the case is built into the heat sink and helps transfer the heat from the charger out through the case for passive air cooling. It certainly doesn’t get too warm to hold, and I just make sure to not leave the charger under anything that would obstruct the airflow around the case. Basically, don’t stack a pile of jackets on it then charge at 8A.

Ironically, I used to know my battery had stopped charging when the white noise of my ebike charger’s cooling fan in the background suddenly cut out. Now, I actually have to check the Cycle Satiator’s screen to see if the charge cycle has ended. It’s the same volume when it’s charging as when it’s unplugged – silent.

Charge every ebike battery you own

One of my favorite features of the Cycle Satiator, and the reason it’s the only charge I use now, is the fact that it can charge batteries of different voltages. My daily driver ebike has a 52V battery. I also use a 48V ebike on occasion. My wife’s ebike is 24V, though I have a 36V battery that I sometimes put on her bike when we go cruising and she wants a bit more power.

I used to have four different chargers for these batteries, but now I only have one – the Cycle Satiator.

cycle satiator ebike charger adapter

The Cycle Satiator’s high quality Neutrix adapter (unfortunately sold separately)

To charge all of these different types of batteries, the Satiator can come with an optional adapter, shown above. The adapter works for a few of my batteries with the same type of connector (anderson powerpoles), but I made a few more adapters to charge the other batteries in my collection.

The process of making a custom adapter is very simple – you just need to solder the connector that matches your battery to a short piece of wire connected to an XLR connector that matches the Cycle Satiator’s DC output. Grin Technology has pre-made adapters that you can buy (I have the one pictured above, it’s great) but I’ll also be writing up a how-to article showing how to make your own custom adapters as well.

Cycle Satiator custom adapters

The many adapters I’ve made for my Cycle Satiator

The Cycle Satiator also allows you to create profiles for each of your batteries so you can quickly choose which battery you want to charge and adapt the charger for any pack. And you’re not just limited to lithium batteries either. Sure, Li-ion packs are the majority of the market, but you can also charge a lead acid and NiMH packs as well!

Cycle Satiator edit profile

Cycle Satiator’s profile setup page

The first version of the Cycle Satiator only went up to 60V, meaning you could charge a battery up to 52V (14 cells, which charge up to 58.8V). That covers almost all of the ebike community. However, some custom ebike builders like to push the envelope of power and speed, meaning they use higher voltage batteries, from 72V and higher. Grin Technology has recently released a second version of the Cycle Satiator that can charge up to 103V, though the original version should be enough for most ‘normal’ ebikers out there.

“Satiate” your battery for longer life

The Cycle Satiator admittedly has an odd name. The “satiate” part comes from the unique ability to dial in an exact battery charge voltage and undercharge your battery as much as you’d like.

Why would someone want to undercharge their battery? Recent research in lithium batteries has found that charging a battery to a point less than 100% can increase the cycle life (the number of recharges you get before the pack dies) of the battery.

The chemistry here is fairly complicated, but the simplified version is that the higher the charge level of a lithium cell, the faster a non-reversible reaction occurs on the electricity conducting material inside the cell that inhibits its transfer capacity over time. So basically, the longer a battery is at 100% charge, the worse it is for the health of the battery. Charging to just 90% means the battery doesn’t sit around all day in that fully charged state that slowly degrades the battery.

According to Grin Technologies, charging to 90% instead of 100% capacity can increase the life of the battery 1.5x, and charging to 80% capacity can double the life of the battery. Obviously the downside here is that you have less range due to not fully charging the battery, but the added lifespan of the battery is worth it for many ebike riders.

ebike charger Cycle Satiator cycle life

Charging your battery to only 80% or 90% makes it last much longer!

If you plan on having your ebike and/or battery for many years, the cost savings of doubling your ebike battery’s lifespan can more than cover the cost of the Cycle Satiator. For me, I tend to go through batteries fairly quickly, building new ones and selling my current ones. That means I don’t benefit as much from the added cycle life of undercharging. But for most people that have a battery for its entire useful life, this could be a big deal.

Make it an on-board ebike charger

Due to its 100% sealed design, you can mount it directly to your ebike and turn it into an on-board ebike charger. I’ve tried this with other ebike chargers and it’s always failed due to cheap components and an inability to completely seal off the charger. But the weatherproof and shockproof design of the Cycle Satiator finally makes an on-board charger a reality. You no longer have to remember to bring your charger with you on a long trip. Simply charge anywhere you can find an extension cord!

Personally I never mounted my Cycle Satiator on my bike, partly because then I couldn’t use it to charge all the other batteries I have for other bikes. I did use the convenient mounting holes to screw it to the leg of my desk though, which kept it out of the way but accessible as well. A charger with mounting holes, what an idea!

Digital screen

Do you ever look at your ebike charger, sitting in the corner humming away, and wonder how far its charged your ebike? It’s hard to know until it stops — it’s either charging or it’s done. But with the Cycle Satiator, you always know exactly how far along your battery is thanks to the digital readout on the charger. Not only can you see the instantaneous voltage of your battery, but you can also see exactly how much energy has been pumped into it, showing you exactly how depleted your battery was.

Cycle Satiator charge screen

The Cycle Satiator pumped 4.39 AH into my battery in about 2 hours.

The two-button interface can be a bit confusing at first, but you quickly master it. There aren’t that many options anyways, so it’s hard to get lost in the interface.

Cycle Satiator’s force start feature

One aspect of the Cycle Satiator that caught me off guard was related to its force start feature. Basically, if the charger detects that a battery’s voltage is below the minimum voltage for the battery profile selected (for instance, you try to charge a 24V battery using the 36V or 48V profile) it will not start the charging process. This is an important safety feature, but it can occasionally cause a problem. Some BMS units will actually cutoff the discharge leads from the circuit when the battery reaches its minimum safe charge level. This means the Cycle Satiator will actually see a low voltage, usually between 0-10V.

Cycle Satiator force start charging

Hold the bottom button to force start charging

To force the Cycle Satiator to start charging the battery (once you’ve confirmed that your battery really is the proper voltage for the selected profile), simply hold down the lower button while the battery is plugged in and the Cycle Satiator is stalled on the “Please connect battery” screen. That’s it! Your Cycle Satiator will now start charging, which immediately gets your BMS to click back on once it senses a voltage above its minimum safe level.

Always up to date

Another great feature of the Cycle Satiator is that you get free updates for life. Grin Technologies has already released a few updates to the firmware to improve the functionality and add features.

You might be thinking, “What do I need to update a charger for?” Consider this: battery technology is always developing and improving. One year from today we could have an entirely new type of battery that requires a different charging profile. Any other charger would be obslete, forcing you to buy a new charger. But not the Cycle Satiator, it’s ready for the future!

For that matter, updating and programming the Cycle Satiator is quite simple. You can make all of your profiles on the device itself, though the two button interface makes this process a bit slow and uncomfortable. In addition, you can do all the setup and profile creation you need on a simple computer program available from the Ebikes.ca Cycle Satiator page in the “Downloads” section. The program runs on Windows, Linux and Macintosh, so you’ve got all your bases covered.

Cycle Satiator software Satiator Suite

Cycle Satiator programming software – “Satiator Suite”

Grin Technologies also developed a really cool charge simulator that is available for free on their website, even if you don’t have a Cycle Satiator. It allows you to test charging profiles on different batteries and customize everything. This can give you a good idea of how your charging times and performances will look in different conditions. Once you have a profile the way you like it, you can even download it and add it to your own Cycle Satiator.

Cycle Satiator charge simulator

Cycle Satiator charge simulator available at www.Ebikes.ca

Conclusions

To summarize, I’ve been very happy with my Cycle Satiator. I’ve been using it for over a year now and it is working flawlessly. It’s every bit as good as the day I bought it.

The construction and quality is top-notch. It’s got a small form factor and it’s absolutely silent.

Sure it’s a bit pricy, but as I pointed out above, I believe this price is well worth it. The Cycle Satiator has the capability of a box full of other chargers, all in a small package. Not only that, but it can actually help your battery last up to twice as long, easily paying for itself over the life of your battery.

If you’re going to pick up your own Cycle Satiator, I recommend purchasing it directly from Ebikes.ca here. There are some resellers online but I like to give my money to the company that invested the dollars and brain equity into developing good products. Plus by buying directly from Ebikes.ca, I always know that they’ll have my back if I ever have a problem – their service is the best in the industry.

Do you have your own Cycle Satiator or want to learn more? Let me know in the comments below!

How to add 12V lights to your ebike without a DC-DC converter

ebike light LED strip

Anyone who rides an electric bicycle at night knows the importance of good ebike lights. Not only do they help you see obstacles in the road, but they make you more visible to distracted drivers. In addition to the obvious safety feature of electric bicycle lights, they can also add some fun style and customization to your ebike.

Fortunately for ebike riders everywhere, there are thousands of bright yet inexpensive LED lights out there. Unfortunately, most of them either require their own batteries or run on 12V DC.

Common bicycle lights that are powered by AA batteries aren’t a great option for ebikes. They require replacing batteries every few weeks or months, they are rarely sealed well which often leads to corroded batteries, and they often come with cheap mounts that break off when they become aged and brittle. They are also almost always “be seen” lights instead of “seeing” lights, meaning they are better for letting cars see you than for lighting up the road in front of you.

cheap bike lights

I hate these cheap bicycle lights

Some bicycle or ebike lights come with their own small rechargeable batteries and are powerful enough to be “seeing” lights, actually illuminating the road and obstacles in the distance. However, the convenience of not replacing batteries is negated by the frustration of remembering to recharge the light’s battery with a separate charger every few days. This is more of a hassle for some people than others. I once reviewed a pretty good one, but I simply don’t use those types of lights anymore because they have so many disadvantages.

I much prefer lights that are powered by the main battery pack on my ebike. The only cheap, button-cell battery light I regularly use is this one, mounted on the back of my helmet, and usually only when riding on faster roads with lots of car traffic. For less than $1.50, I can put up with my helmet tail light occasionally dying on me.

bicycle light

The back of my helmet – the only place I want a clicky light

When it comes to my main ebike lights though, I only use lights that are powered by my ebike’s battery. Ebike lights that are powered by the main battery have a ton of advantages:

  • No batteries to change out
  • No separate charger required
  • As long as your ebike has battery left, your lights will always work
  • They are usually cheaper (I’ll show you some great cheap ones below)
  • MANY more options; you’re not limited to dinky little bicycle lights
  • Higher quality and brighter lights meant for automotive use

To be fair, there is one central disadvantage of ebike lights that are powered by the ebike battery: namely that they consume some of your battery and thus cut into your range. For most lights though, this will cause a tiny impact that you’ll never actually feel. My bike uses about 700W to cruise at top speed, yet all of my powerful lights together pull less than 20W. That means my lights consume about 2.8% of my battery. In other words, my total ebike range will be 2.8% less with all of my lights on. I’m rarely cutting it that close, but if I ever did, I have my lights on multiple switches so I can power just my front and rear running lights (less than about 1W) and not my giant headlight (about 18W) if I needed to conserve power while remaining visible. More on that below, including pictures and diagrams.

I recommend that every ebike rider use main battery powered ebike lights for the simple reason that you’ll never be caught in the scenario where your lights are dead and you’re forced to ride with cars in the darkness. For me this is simply a safety issue.

Ebike lights – three main options

There are three ways to power your ebike lights from your battery:

  1. Ebike lights with a built in DC-DC converter
  2. Use a separate 12V DC-DC converter and then use 12V automotive lights
  3. Use 12V automotive lights directly from your battery, in series to achieve proper voltage

The first two options require some form of voltage converter, either in the lights themselves (making them more expensive and less reliable) or as a separate unit. That’s why I much prefer the third option, which allows you to simply use 12V lights without any other electronics involved. I’ll show you how to do all three options below though, and you can choose the method that’s best for you.

Option 1 – Ebike lights with a built in DC-DC converter

This option is probably the simplest, but not the cheapest or most reliable. Ebike lights with a built in DC-DC converter are designed to mount on an ebike and receive power from a range of battery voltages, usually something like 12-80V, but you should check each light to confirm your battery is within its range.

My absolute favorite ebike lights with DC-DC converters come from Grin Technology (commonly known as ebikes.ca) in Canada. They designed their Electrolights line in-house and manufacture the lights themselves to very high standards. They are 100% waterproof, super rugged (they claim that you can run it over with a car or beat it with a hammer, though I don’t plan to test that on my mine) and can accept any voltage from 15-100V DC. Grin Technologies has a front light for $70 and rear light for $60. Grin also sells their CycleLumenator which is a super bright 1,000 lumen headlight, but at $145 I haven’t tested that one yet.

Grin Technologies has the best quality ebike lights, though as you’ve seen, that high quality and top notch service comes at a cost. I believe it’s worth the cost, but if you’re on a tight budget or want a cheaper DC-DC converter light to play around with before you start upgrading in the future, there are some other options.

I’ve been using this 18W ebike light that runs on anything from 12-80V (I run it at 52V). This is a bright light and is definitely a “seeing” light, not just a “be seen” light. I originally mounted it with the angle a bit too high and was apparently blinding drivers for a few hours until someone yelled at me. Oops.

ebike light

My main front ebike headlight

I simply mounted mine on my handlebar stem using cable ties, but you could screw it into any part of your frame using a self tapping sheet metal screw, or bolt it to the fender mount on your fork.

At just over $7, this has proven to be a great main headlight.

For a main tail light I don’t need something so bright, so I went with this “be seen” style 12-80V tail light. It pulls less than 2W but is very bright and visible from at least a few hundred meters, the farthest I could find a flat, straight path to test it.

ebike light

My ebike tail light

The housing snaps together at the lens and made be a bit worried that water might eventually sneak inside, so I added a bead of silicone at the parting line and sealed it up. It’s been working great so far, though I’ve only been testing it for a couple months. But at $2.50, it’s already exceeded my expectations.

Option 2 – A standalone DC-DC converter and 12V lights

There are thousands of 12V LED lights that come in every shape and size imaginable. These are great for ebike lights because they allow you the most flexibility to customize your ebike. The problem is that you can’t run them straight off your battery because the voltage of your pack is too high. Most people use an ebike battery between 24-48V, with some people using higher voltage in the 70V and 80V range.

The solution? A standalone DC-DC converter. I’ve used this converter which has worked very well for me. It’s sealed so you shouldn’t have any water issues and accepts any voltage from 24V-80V which should fit most ebike batteries.

DC DC converter for ebike lights

The DC-DC converter I use

A DC-DC converter like this will step down your battery voltage on a separate circuit and provides an output of 12VDC. It won’t affect your regular battery voltage; it just creates a separate “tap”, so to speak, that outputs 12V for accessories like lights, horns, alarms, etc.

From that 12V you can run all sorts of 12V lights meant for cars and trucks. While this option works well, it requires an extra component, the DC-DC converter, which I don’t like. I try to keep my ebikes as simple as possible with as few parts as necessary. Every extra piece is something else that can fail and a new problem to search for. That’s why I use a combination of option 1 above (lights with built in DC-DC converter) and option 3 below, where I’ll show you what lights I use.

Option 3 – Using 12V lights in series straight from the battery

This is my favorite method because it uses the least amount of parts and is the most reliable. You don’t need any DC-DC converters, not even in the lights themselves. That means it’s also the cheapest option, since all you need are the lights (and maybe a fuse added in line for extra protection just in case.).

As you recall, those 12V lights can’t run off the higher voltage ebike battery directly because the voltage doesn’t match, but we can solve this by running a few 12V lights in series.

Here is how the process works: series connections in electrical circuits are made when components are connected end to end (positive to negative). A voltage drop occurs across each component individually. 12V automotive lights require 12V DC, and so by stringing together a few in series, we can get a total voltage drop equal to the voltage of the battery.

We can wire four 12V lights together in series and the voltage required for the string is 48V, which is perfect for a 48V battery! The same thing can be done with three 12V lights for a 36V battery, or two 12V lights for a 24V battery, etc.

4 12v lights on 48v battery diagram

How to wire 12V light intervals to reach the total battery voltage

In actuality, the 12V LED lights can take a decent range of voltages, usually between 10-16V will work, which is good for us because the voltage of an ebike battery decreases over time but stays within this range (per light, that is).

On my ebike, I use four 12V LED strips connected to my 52V battery, which gives something between 11-14V per light, depending on my battery’s level of charge.

The four 12V light strips I use work great as ebike running lights. They are meant for automotive purposes so they are already waterproof. The specific ones I use are fairly short pieces, about 12″ long, but you can buy strips by the roll if you wanted to go nuts and cover your bike in them.

LED light strips

The LED strips I use – they come in lots of colors

I have two white light LED strips mounted on the front on the fork and two red light LED strips on the rear of the bike that I purchased here. The lights themselves mount with double sided tape that comes mounted to the rear of the light strip. I went ahead and added a couple cable ties over the strip just to make sure the tape stayed in place.

The white lights on the front are mostly for being seen by other cars, though they do illuminate the road a little bit too. The red strips on the rear of the bike shine upwards at about a 45 degree angle due to the angle of my frame, but are still quite visible from a distance. The effect is something like a Tron bike riding around at night, making me super visible to cars from all angles.

ebike lights

A view of my running lights – this is without my main head and tail lights

And that’s just my running lights – when I turn on my main head and tail light then I’m even more visible and can light up the road in front of me.

Don’t forget that I’ve got all of that light without one single standalone DC-DC converter. My running lights are those LED strips that are running in series straight from the battery, and my head and tail lights have their own built in DC-DC converter. This is a combination of options 1 and 3 from above.

In the future, I’d actually like to replace my DC-DC converter lights with simple 12V lights. I can put two 12V motorcycle headlights in the front and two 12V tail lights in the rear, which in series requires 48V, perfect for my 52V battery. Piece of cake!

Until then, this combination has worked well for me. Good luck on your own ebike lighting project, and let me know how it goes!

Review: A Super Loud Ebike Horn For Only $3

ebike horn

Anyone who does a lot of street commuting on an electric bicycle knows what a problem cars can be. Whether it is due to aggressive drivers or just plain inattentiveness, cars can be a serious concern for ebikers. Drivers are often scanning for other cars and simply fail to notice an ebike, even when it is keeping pace with them. It’s times like those that a loud ebike horn can stop a car from pulling out in front of you or accidentally merging onto you.

For years I’ve searched for a good quality, reasonably priced horn that could get the job done. There are some nice horns out there for bicycles but most are either prohibitively expensive, require their own annoying secondary batteries (and secondary chargers), or both. I love the AirZound horn for its decibels but hate the fact that I have to keep pumping its tank full of air. For too long I’ve been coming up empty on my search for the perfect electric bicycle horn.

But thankfully my search has ended!

Finally I’ve landed on the solution: electric motorcycle horns! They can run directly from your ebike battery which means less wiring and no second chargers. Your horn is always ready (as long as your battery isn’t dead, of course). Plus they take very little energy and are rarely used so you won’t notice any measurable drop in range either. What was once a scooter or motorcycle horn makes a perfect electric bicycle horn!

An ebike horn on a budget

These horns make great ebike horns because they weigh almost nothing, are easy to mount and best of all: they’re dirt cheap. The 48V version horn I use costs only $3 and that includes free shipping! It takes a few weeks to arrive, but you can’t beat the price. I mounted mine right on the front of my fork, but you could put it just about anywhere and mount it with a single bolt or zip tie.

[Update: Perhaps this article caused a rush on the horns, because the vendor immediately sold out. Don’t worry though, there are some similar (perhaps identical) horns from other vendors here, here and here. Hopefully their stock lasts a little longer.]

electric bicycle ebike horn

This ebike horn looks pretty nice for $3

This 48V horn is perfect for anyone using a 48V battery on their ebike. I’ve tested it up to 59V and it has worked great, so it might work on even higher voltage if you want to give it a shot. At $3 it would be a pretty cheap gamble. The lowest I’ve tested it is at 40V. A 36V battery is actually 42V hot off the charger, so it would work on a 36V battery initially at least, but I haven’t tested how well it works on a nearly empty 36V battery. Fortunately there is a 36V version available, which is a bit more expensive, but still quite reasonable. If you have a 24V battery, you could run the 12V version horn, but you’d need a DC-DC converter such as this one.

If you’re worried about shopping on AliExpress and buying from China, don’t be.  I felt a little unsure about it in the beginning, but I’ve bought more than I care to admit on AliExpress and had great experiences. When you buy a product they hold your money for between 30-60 days (depending on the product) and only pass it on to the vendor when you indicate that you received your product and everything checks out. On a few rare occasions I either didn’t receive my item or it arrived broken and AliExpress gave me my money back immediately. It’s also the best place to get most ebike parts, with prices a mere fraction of local suppliers. The main problem is the slow shipping. But when the price is that good, it’s hard to complain! I actually bought a similar 48V motorcycle horn on Amazon but it rusted out in less than a month. Turns out that this AliExpress ebike horn is cheaper and higher quality.

My experience with this ebike horn

My daily commute is about 12 miles (20 kilometers) on roads ranging from alleyways to 4 lane city highways and I see every manner of bad driving there is. One of the biggest problems I constantly see is a car underestimating my speed and accidentally cutting me off. Perhaps the driver sees a bicycle and assumes I’m going much slower than I am. A couple quick blasts on my powerful little ebike horn and they’ve instantly got eyes on me and their foot on the brake.

The other good use is for when I wind up in the blind spot of a car that wants to switch into my lane. I try to avoid that situation when possible, but if you ride enough miles then it happens eventually. When a driver starts moving over and suddenly hears a horn, they instantly pop back into their lane for fear of running into another car. I’ve seen a few surprised faces when they realize it was a bicycle that just tooted them back over the dotted line!

I generally find that two or three quick bursts on an ebike horn is a good ‘warning’ method. Counter-intuitively, a big long blast doesn’t seem to have the same wake-up effect as a few quick sharp honks in rapid succession. The 0ff-on-off-on effect has worked best for me.

ebike horn button

A great horn button with two extra switches

To activate the electric bicycle horn, you’ll need some type of momentary contact button on your handlebars. Some throttles come with a green button that is usually perfect, if you aren’t already using it for something else. I picked up this multi-switch for less than $3. I use the green button for the horn, and the other buttons to activate my main head and tail light and my running lights. Wiring it is simple. Just run a wire from the positive output of your battery to one terminal of your switch. Then wire the second terminal of your switch to one terminal of the ebike horn. Wire the second terminal of the ebike horn to your battery’s negative terminal and you’re done!

Lastly, I’ve found that timing is everything. You have to be careful with this horn and only use it when appropriate. For example, when I’m up on the sidewalk and navigating between pedestrians I will only use my bell, NOT this horn. It’s simply too loud for that and can scare people, sometimes making them jump exactly to the spot you were aiming for. In my experience, people are more ‘trained’ to recognize the sound of a bicycle bell and respond more quickly and predictably to that sound.  So for me it is bell on the sidewalk, horn on the road.

All in all I couldn’t be happier with this horn. The only way it could be easier would be if it came with a button already wired up, but then it’d be almost too easy and wouldn’t allow for customization. I highly recommend adding an ebike horn for any electric bicycle that rides on the road. This $3 purchase just might save you and your ride from a very bad day.

Spot #29

Started with a Motobecane FB5 2.0 Fat Bike. Installed Vee Snowshoe 5″ Tires – hydraulic brakes – BBSHD 1000w mid drive – reduced the chainring from 46 to 42 – teeth – Thudbuster seat post – Hobson Easyseat @ Saddle with sheepskin cover – Electric horn – Bells – Garmin GPS 1000 explore with headlight,left and right turn signal/tail lights – custom rear led lights in mud flap – Garmin rear radar – Bose mini Bluetooth speaker – Pono music HD Flac file player – Rear view camera and 5″ monitor – ultrasonic dog repeller – nice grips – rear cargo rack – kick stand – and I fabricated an aluminum adapter on my C+C machine so that I could incorporate a NuVinchi 360 into a fat bike rim!
I can go off-road up Steep Hills,and the cadence is still good so that I can petal whenever I like.
Now that the weather is getting a little warmer in New York State I’m riding and smiling every day.

Spot #28

Took an unused Batuvus frame, bought a lot of second hand stuff including an electric donor bike with a broken PAS and broken battery. Did the paintwork myself and it took me 6 month to collect all the pieces which I found interesting enough to install.

Spot #27

Bought a new gravity full suspension bike and ebikeling 60 volt 35 amp controller kit from eBay. Batteries from hobby King Very stable at full speed but it’s crazy heavy. Not very easy to pedal with no power but it’s crazy fast. I cut the down tube out and welded in the battery box, all other parts are off the shelf from eBay or Amazon. I absolutely love it, couldn’t be more fun to ride.

Spot #26

My Bike is a Vector/Evelbike/EEB styled custom build… I started this project as an enthusiastic Newbie/Novice E-Biker, I hoped the build would provide me some insight into the machine I’ve learned to love and therefore the ability to repair the bike myself without running to a ‘shop’ every problem… Little did I know the education I was in for, sooo much to learn, grasp and understand if you wan’t a successful and SAFE build. I relied on and in the experts in their fields as I found them on ES forum and other places and promptly lost myself in 1’st the different setup plans, logistics and company parts ordering and then the build process as it all arrived. Documenting my process throughout, I found it necessary to make many unplanned mods ‘On the fly,’ as problems presented themselves, but the build progressed and came together 🙂 Unfortunately the weather seems to be turning colder now here in NYC so testing will prob be limited… but I’m certainly excited for it…
The bike features from the top …EEB frameset, Hussefelt truvativ comp bar with adj stem 60 deg …zoom 680 DH double crown fork, DNM 200*55 twin chamber air shock, custom lyen edition 18fet controller, custom 72v lifepo4 batt, Maxxis high roller 2.3 tires and thick tubes, enduro guard mud flaps, 3 led cree nightlights, CA v3 with thermistor hookup from motor, remote dropper seatpost 150mm, zoom dual caliper hydraulic brakes with Motor cut offs/regen line, seperate ignition switch wired with the 1500w newest leafmotor with upgraded phase wiring, factory attached 10k thermistor, upgraded 10 gauge spokes laced to a 26″ bike rim. Vector performance kick stand and normal/decent wellgo pedals.
controller is mounted under the frames batt box and protected with a modified rectangular thick walled 3*5″ card file storage box, with a built in locking/sliding divider wall, that seperates and contains and stores the excess wiring too. The box also houses the Spst (2 position removable) ignition switch. Inbuilt battery charging is handled by a hidden anderson connector housed in a hidden wiring gap space above the BB housing.

Spot #25

The original Raleigh frame was a legacy from my ex step dad. Piece by piece I added the ebike components, Zzipper fairing, xtracycle bolt-on cargo kit, and recently, a Bikes at Work trailer setup. The bit-by-bit approach made it more affordable.

The fairing makes the bike somewhat faster, increases the range, and makes it lots more visible at night + comfortable in winter. This is a practical car-replacement and mostly does regular day-to-day stuff, except it’s more fun and you can stop for a bit to watch the crows chasing each other around the apple tree up the road. I ride it for everything from grocery getting to hauling a trailer with my shadow puppet teaching supplies across town, to cruising between my jobs at different schools…

Spot #24

I built this e-Bike from electric bike kit from solarbike.com.au. It’s special because I charged it using solar panel, so free fuel for life! http://epxhilon.blogspot.com.au/2015/04/cheapest-commuting-challenge.html

Spot #23

bought as complete Berlin Cruiser with 250w 36v 10ah in 2014 i stripped it back to frame/seat/seatpole/rack and replaced every other part.
now it houses a 1000w 48v 12ah power-train with 120mm forks, 2.5″ maxxis holy roller tyres, 46t single speed front cog, 7-speed shimano Xt rear derailler.
im not satisfied with it as it cuts out under load if i accelerate too quickly. its been suggested that my battery is not up to the task so i’ll be looking into that very soon. apart from that, if i build speed gradually its fine, reaching a max speed of 50-52 on flat road in still weather… which is nice 🙂
im currently fabricating a new headlight and fenders, incorporating 2 small but bright red LEDs into the rear fender, which both plug into an ex computer speaker box on the drink bottle mount via a 6mm guitar jack. also built into the speaker box is a bluetooth speaker (charged via the bike battery) and 2-port usb outlet to charge my fone on the fly.

Spot #22

this ebike was buit 15 years ago , owner never drive it . The nimh battery was out , I bought a lithium battery .

Spot #21

I’m an ebike enthusiast from Singapore. Found this guy selling ebike kit in Gumtree. He offers selling and Installation but decided to do it myself. This one is a front wheel drive that you can really feel when the motor kicks in. Tested and approved to use in Singapore road with LTA tag attached. It’s really a fun ride alone or with my 2 toddlers, front and back. It’s also built with a Bluetooth speakers for real stereo sound from my cell phone. Really love this bike.

Spot #20

Spot #19

Base is a TREK 2014 Rumblefish pro. Im using a Backpack-Battery, which is more comfortable as you might think!
At the moment im going with 84Volts/18Amps /1500W, but i can increase both V and A up to 2500W if needed!
There’re quite a few custom made parts, from controller-holder, Battery Connector / Cable including anti-lightning-resistor to 2 massive both-sided
torque arms…
I’m storing the bike in my living-room in a custom bike stand, including a place for the backpack and 2 LiIon 10s chargers.
Due to the backpack-battery the bike remains quite agile und makes it very smooth and fun to ride! i love it =)

Spot #18

Spot #17

Too much fun.

Spot #16

Was a kit, and I installed it. A rear wheel unit and had to wait to get the battery. Pretty simple setup. Goes about 35 mph, or 56 kph

Spot #15

Piece of shit – all done on the lowest possible budget. Most expensive part were batteries at $70NZ and a new 36V charger at $30 NZ.

Spot #14

Bought from Greenpath Electric bike shop in downtown Brooklyn NY. Bike is a Kayman Flash+ which I was told was ‘dialed down’ to 350w and came with a 36v 10ah (maybe 12ah?? I don’t really remember AND I’m a complete Newbie at this) Samsung sourced battery, in 2 ‘hidden in frame’ lockable bar form battery packs and a 42v 2 amp balance charger that takes like 4 hrs to charge and balance (a more than half full pack.)
So far I’ve installed wireless signals and a g sensor brake light and a couple different pannier bags, inc One front and center for some storage, a useful rear view mirror, a MUCH needed comfort foam, spring suspension saddle locks and alarm and a cellphone/gps mount. Behind me on the saddle’s rear mount I’ve put a summer necessity (4 Slurpee addicts @least.)A Bell Drink holder 😉
I haven’t followed thru with my plan 4 a new controller for a lil more ‘oomph’ but am holding off on serious mods until I understand all “this” a lil better. Until then I really look forward to my daily rides, (It’s basically retired my new Accord but big deal!! its leased ;p)
I’ve also since, plunked down some cash for a Cutler Cycles Fusion, which is being hand made in Cali at the moment, pics and stats hopefully as soon as I have it.

Spot #13

This is E bike # 14 and the 8th fat bike to date keep selling them for some reason more fun to build ? its a 2015 mongoose Malus i have built gravity fat bikes with bafang 750 mid drives but the gng drive has more power low down to tackle the hills at our motorcycle club and is much faster, i also have done front hub motors and rear hub motors but on a fat bike mid drive is the way to go i think, a 30 degree hill is no problem at all don’t even need to pedal have done steeper giving it a little help.the gng is much easier to mount only have to make the stock bracket wider to fit the bb make spacers to get chain line correct hook it all up and go done ! also belt is as quiet as the bafang units i have used in past,front suspension forks make the ride great also, thanks for checking it out happy trails

Spot #12

I bought the frame and built this cargo bike up from mostly recycled parts.

Review: A Cheap But Effective Wheel Lock With Alarm

bicycle wheel lock

I consider myself a pretty happy and positive person, but if there’s one thing I do hate with a fiery passion that consumes my soul, it’s bicycle theft. I’ve lost two bikes in my life (two and a half if you consider that one was an electric tricycle), and I’ll never forget that feeling of anger and violation. That’s why ever since I’ve made sure to follow a number of steps to prevent anyone from stealing my electric bikes again. One of those methods is to use multiple locks of different styles, which led me to discover this neat little bicycle wheel lock.

bicycle wheel lock

Before I go any further, I want to make something clear: this isn’t a primary lock. I would never use ONLY this lock. This is a secondary lock; something to add another layer of protection to your bike.

Ok, now let’s get to the specifics.

The wheel lock itself looks like a cross between a long shackled padlock and a U lock. It is designed to mount on the rear of a bicycle frame and lock through the spokes, meaning that the wheel can’t spin without destroying all of the spokes.

But wait, THERE’S MORE!

It also has a vibration alarm. More on that soon.

Bicycle wheel lock installation

The lock itself mounts very easily to the bicycle with just a couple of machine screws. I put it on the seat stay (the frame member that connects from the rear wheel up towards the seat) though in theory you could probably mount the lock on the front fork as well. However, mounting on the fork might require a modification to the mounting plate.

installing bicycle wheel lock

Once the bicycle wheel lock is mounted to the bike, it just sits there, holding its own shackle in a second set of holes. This convenient feature means you don’t need to unlock the shackle each time you want to use it,  you just slide it out of the holder.

A ball-and-spring clamp inside one of the holes securely holds the shackle in place so it can’t bounce out while riding. A firm tug is enough to free the shackle when you’re ready to use it.

Operation

To lock the wheel, you slide the shackle out of the holder, turn it 90 degrees, and slide it through the wheel from the opposite side of the bike. This can all be done from the lock-side of the bike, meaning you don’t have to walk around the bike to lock it. Just give it the ol’ reach around.

You’ll probably catch at least a couple spokes in the shackle, but the ingenious design of the lock means that your wheel is secure even if you don’t actually capture any spokes in the shackle. To ride off on the bike, the wheel would have to turn and break all the spokes, rendering the wheel useless. And if someone tried to unbolt your expensive hub motor wheel and remove it, they’d actually have to saw through the rim and tire to slide it out, butchering the wheel.

So yes, while someone can still technically steal your wheel this way, they’ll have to do all of that work with an alarm ringing in their ears. And not just any alarm, but a terrible, shrill, make-you-want-to-turn-that-saw-on-yourself type of alarm.

It’s not just the volume (which is loud but not earsplitting) but rather that it’s simply a terrible noise, with a combination of screeching and high pitch sounds firing in rapid succession. I accidentally set mine off in my driveway and then went running for the key on my kitchen table before my neighbors could try and kill me.

One feature I really like about the alarm is that you can choose whether or not to arm it. Generally I leave it armed, but sometimes when I lock to a busy bike rack or a bench that I know will make enough vibration to trigger the alarm, I leave it unarmed. It’s still a good lock even without the alarm.

To choose whether the alarm is armed or not, you insert the shackle flipped 180 degrees. One of the legs has a groove, while the other is fully round. The round leg depresses a switch in the lock to arm the lock, while the grooved side clears the switch and leaves the alarm unarmed.

red tape on bicycle wheel lock indicates alarm side

The need to inspect the shaft to locate the arming side each time I locked the bike quickly became annoying, so I added a strip of red electrical tape on one side. Now I just remember “red-rear” for arming. If the red strip is towards the rear of the bike, the lock’s alarm will be armed. This definitely helps in low light situations too where differentiating the small difference in the ends of the shackle would be even more difficult.

My thoughts

I’ve always wanted to use a wheel lock on my electric bicycles, but I don’t have disc brakes, where nearly every type of wheel lock is intended to mount. This style of wheel lock is exactly what I’ve spent years searching for. It allows anyone to lock a wheel on their bike, regardless of the style of brakes they use.

Functionally, I have only one, complaint about the lock. When locking the shackle, you have to insert the key and turn, you can’t just shove the shackle in and call it a day. My main chain lock doesn’t require a key to close it, so I only have to take my keys out of my pocket to unlock my bike, not to lock it as well. It’d be nice if the locking mechanism on this wheel lock were spring loaded so that a key is only required for unlocking, but perhaps making it this way creates a more secure mechanism.

Other than that single complaint, which is admittedly trivial, I have only praise for this bicycle wheel lock.  It simply works great and is very easy to use. If you leave the alarm unarmed, you just set the lock and go. If you arm the alarm, you hear an audible beep when the shackle is inserted, signifying that the alarm is armed (and that the batteries aren’t dead, I guess). From that point you have a 15 second window before the alarm will sound from a vibration. I’ve found that’s enough time to disconnect my battery and remove it from the bag, plus let any little vibrations die down from the locking process.

The couple times I moved to0 slow and didn’t get my battery out of the bag in time, I accidentally set off my own alarm, proving that if I did leave my battery unattended, my wheel lock’s alarm would go off when someone unzipped the battery bag. I probably won’t take that risk, but it’s nice to know.

One important thing to note is the potential to cause serious damage to your wheel if you forget about your lock being engaged and try to ride off, especially if you hit the throttle on a powerful hubmotor. If you set the alarm, there’s no way you’ll be able to ride off, as your ears will be bleeding the instant your butt hits the seat. But if you didn’t arm the alarm, you can be in for trouble if you forget to remove the lock. That’s why I added a reminder cable to mine.

reminder cable on ebike bicycle wheel lock

Some people call my ebike “dirty”. I call it “urban camouflage”.

Reminder cables are usually meant for disc brake locks on larger scooters and motorcycles, where a wheel lock combined with the weight of the vehicle is enough to prevent nearly all theft. The brightly colored cable, usually yellow or orange, is placed on the lock and strung up to the handlebars, serving as a visual reminder for absent minded riders. It also has a secondary benefit of drawing the eyes of would-be thieves to the lock.

The verdict

This lock makes a wonderful secondary lock, as I mentioned earlier in the article, because it functions entirely differently than your main lock. You should already have a heavy chain or U-lock securing your bike to an immovable object. But just in case some thief thinks he can test his luck on your main lock, seeing a second lock that inhibits riding the bicycle is another strong deterrent. Suddenly a thief is going to need to be extra lucky to get through two locks.

In reality, this wheel lock itself isn’t the most secure lock in the world. The tumbler could probably be drilled through in about 30 seconds, and a pair of large bolt cutters could probably get through that shackle. But the instant that alarm goes off and everyone turns to see some dude standing frozen next to your bike with a drill or bolt cutters, I’d say the situation has definitely changed for him.

Where to get your own

I got this lock from the Chinese website AliExpress.com, which if you aren’t familiar with it, is like a combination of Amazon’s online convenience and Walmart’s intense-competition-driven low prices. I don’t know what this lock is called, mostly because there isn’t a single word of english on the package.

If you can tell me what any of this says, please comment below!

If you can tell me what any of this says, please comment below!

Here’s the link to the exact product I bought, which at the time cost me $14.60 with free shipping.

Many items for sale on AliExpress have a way of coming and going, for example this similar lock which was available a few weeks ago but right now is currently unavailable.

That one, while similar to the lock I reviewed here, is designed to mount to the front fork, lacks an alarm and has a different lock mechanism. I didn’t test that lock, so I can’t vouch for it’s effectiveness.

If you’re going to pick up one of these locks from AliExpress, be prepared to wait anywhere from 2-5 weeks for it arrive on the slow boat from China. Mine took about 3 weeks. Also, consider picking up one of those reminder cables while you’re at it.

Lastly, remember that this is only a secondary lock, meant to add protection on top of a heavy duty main lock. To learn more about bicycle locks, check out my article on the best locks for electric bicycles.

 

image source 1

Spot #11

Built me an electric Yuba Mundo-I love my baby.

Review: The Electra Townie – Great For Comfort Electric Bicycle Conversions

Electra Townie 7 full bike

Anybody who knows me also knows that I’m a big fan of DIY electric bicycles conversions over buying a retail electric bicycle. I love the freedom you get from starting with a blank slate and making all of your own decisions about parts and accessories without having to compromise for what the manufacturer thought you needed.

One of the biggest freedoms of building your own ebike is choosing the bicycle you start with. More than any other part, the bicycle you use is going to have the largest affect on how your ebike feels and rides. And for anybody looking for a laid back, comfortable cruiser-style ebike, look no further than the Electra Townie bicycle.

1 with logo full side view

The Electra Townie is one of my favorite bicycles to convert into an electric bicycle. I’ve converted and worked on dozens of Electra Townie ebikes and each one has proven what a perfect bike it is for ebike conversions.

Allow to me to break down some of my favorite parts aspects of the Townie.

Comfort is king

Let’s be honest, if you’re already riding an electric bike then you’re probably not planning on pedaling as much as you do on a normal bike – or even much at all. In that case, finding a bike that is comfortable to sit on in one position without moving is very important.

The Electra Townie is in a class of bikes known as “crank forward” or “pedal forward” bicycles. This simply means that the pedals are located further forward than normal on the bicycle, which allows your feet to touch the ground while keeping your rear end firmly on the saddle.

Electra Townie

Look how far forward the pedals are compared to the seat

Electra calls this “Flat Foot Technology” which to be honest makes it sound like more of a technological breakthrough than it really is; it’s simply changing the position of the pedals. But it does make a big difference in comfort.

With this riding style, you sit in a very upright position with your feet out in front of you instead of down below you. It’s more like sitting in a chair where your shoulders are back and chest is elevated, as opposed to the normal riding posture of a bicycle which has you hunched forward towards the handlebars.

"Flat Foot Technology" at work

“Flat Foot Technology” at work

Not everyone will find this seating position comfortable, but most people consider it a major improvement even if it takes a few days to get used to.

The crank forward design will change the handling of the bike if you’re used to riding a mountain bike or road bike. Unlike other more traditional bicycle designs where you lean out over the handlebars and have twitchier, more sensitive steering adjustments, the Townie is a slow-and-steady type of ride. To me it almost feels like I’m in a boat and controlling the rudder. Steering is a slower, smoother experience.

For that reason though, the Electra Townie makes a better comfort cruiser bike than a mix-it-up-with-cars-in-traffic type of bicycle, so it really depends on your preferences and specific needs. When I’m commuting in the city, I prefer my mountain bike as I can cut through the cars and traffic nimbly. But when I’m cruising along the beach roads and out for pleasure rides, the Electra Townie gives a much more laid-back and enjoyable riding experience. The difference is striking.

The Electra Townie has room for everything

One of the biggest problems with DIY electric bicycle conversions is finding room to put everything, especially the battery. I like to build my own batteries so that they can fit any custom space on a bicycle frame, but not many people do that yet. Instead, the majority of DIY ebike conversions use off the shelf batteries. These retail ebike batteries generally come in a fairly boxy shape that can make it difficult to fit them in a bicycle frame. Even on bikes with fairly large front triangles, it can be hard to squeeze a decent-sized four cornered battery into a three-legged frame triangle.

townie with electric rider triangle bag

Even with an Electric Rider triangle bag there’s still room to spare!

But this has never been an issue for me with the Electra Townie. Its front frame triangle (or quadrilateral, I guess) is gigantic! I’ve never seen an ebike battery that wouldn’t fit in there! With my custom packs I could probably stuff enough battery into that frame to ride from Los Angeles to San Francisco on a single charge!

But not only that, the long frame has room for all sorts of bags, racks, panniers and other storage possibilities. Combine that with the roomy handlebars for bar-mounted accessories and you’ve got more room than you could dream of for loading your ebike full of accessories.

Big on space, small on the scale

The Townie isn’t a small bike by any means, probably about a foot (30 cm) longer than most bikes, but it isn’t terribly heavy like you might expect. Thanks to its lightweight 6061-T6 aluminum frame, it only tips the scales at about 28 lbs (13 kg). Now that’s no featherweight, but it’s definitely lighter than other bikes of this size.

Electra Townie

That aluminum frame allows the bike to be as large as it is and offer such a comfortable riding position without making it a beast to haul around. It’s not going to turn the corner into your studio apartment any easier, but it might just make carrying it up the stairs a possibility.

A seat you don’t have to throw away!

I don’t know about you, but I need a good seat on my electric bicycles to keep my tuchus happy and complaint-free. That usually means getting rid of whatever tiny stock seat came with a bicycle and replacing it with something bigger and more comfortable. But not with the Townie!

Electra Townie

The Townie comes with a great seat right out of the box! It’s wide, molds to your own, ummm, special shape? …and it has suspension built right into it to smooth out any bumps in the road. Finally a bicycle with a seat that doesn’t need immediate replacing!

Good (enough) quality components

One of the best things about the Electra Townie is the price, usually around $400-$500 depending on where you live. How do they keep the price relatively low while offering such a great bike? Partly by not breaking the bank on components. The Townie comes with everything you need and nothing you don’t. The components themselves are quite good even though they aren’t necessarily the top-of-the-line parts in any category. But that’s ok! We’re building a comfort ebike here, not a record-setting speed demon!

The Townie comes with good quality Shimano shifters and gears, and linear pull brakes that will be more than strong enough to bring you to a comfortable stop at any normal speeds. If you plan on regularly doing 30 mph or more then you might want to consider a frame with disk brakes, but most comfort ebikes built on a Townie base will have more than enough quality braking power with the stock linear pull rim brakes.

5 gears

The stock tires are great for cruising along any paved paths, whether you prefer roads or sidewalks. I wouldn’t do any serious off-roading with them (or this bike in general) but if you need to wind your way down a gravel or sandy path to reach your secret beach spot, these tires will get you there.

Looks aren’t everything, but they don’t hurt!

I’m just going to say it, I think the Townie is a sexy bike. I like the long, flowing lines, the color combinations offered, the frame geometery – it all works together so well. The designers of the Townie really paid attention to the details and it shows. Even simple things like the internally routed brake and shifter cables help to add to the clean, polished look of the Townie. The bike is simply a beautiful piece of design from so many different angles.

townie cables

Beautifully routed internal cables

And the kicker is that performing an electric bicycle conversion on the bike doesn’t ruin it! If you take the extra time to run your wires internally through the holes in the frame already created for the shifter and brake cables then you won’t even have to zip tie them to the frame. A hub motor or mid drive motor is easily hidden in comparison to the large frame, and the front triangle is so large that batteries look small and well contained inside of it!

Electric and still beautiful

Electric and still beautiful

There are a lot of good looking bicycles out there, but there are only a few that retain those good looks even after a DIY ebike conversion. The Townie is definitely one of them.

And all around great quality bike

If I had to describe the Electra Townie in one sentence, I would say that it’s simply an all around great quality, comfortable bicycle.

Granted, it may not be the best in any single category. You could spend a few hundred dollars more and probably find an even more comfortable bicycle, or shave a few pounds off the total weight, or include disk brakes, or this or that, etc etc etc. But the point is that for an affordable price the Townie is already a great bicycle in so many different regards.

Do you own an Electra Townie bicycle? Tell us about it in the comments section below! And if you’ve electrified it, consider adding it to the International Ebike Garage as well!

Image credit 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,

How To Build A DIY Electric Bicycle Lithium Battery From 18650 Cells

completely wired pack

A lithium battery is the heart of any electric bicycle. Your motor is useless without all of that energy stored in your battery. Unfortunately though, a good ebike battery is often the hardest part to come by – and the most expensive. With a limited number of electric bicycle battery suppliers and a myriad of different factors including size, weight, capacity, voltage, and discharge rates, finding the exact battery you are looking for can be challenging and lead to unwanted compromises.

But what if you didn’t have to compromise? What if you could build your own ebike battery to your exact specifications? What if you could build a battery the perfect size for your bike, with all of the features you want, and do it for cheaper than retail? It’s easier than you think, and I’ll show you how below.

Now buckle up, grab a drink and get ready for some serious reading, because this isn’t a short article. But it will definitely be worth it in the end when you’re cruising around on your very own DIY ebike battery!

Safety disclaimer: Before we begin, it’s important to note that lithium batteries inherently contain a large amount of energy, and it is therefore crucial to handle them with the highest levels of caution. Building a DIY lithium battery requires a basic understanding of battery principles and should not be attempted by anyone lacking confidence in his or her electrical and technical skills. Please read this article in its entirety before attempting to build your own ebike battery. Always seek professional assistance if needed.

Note: At multiple points along this article I have inserted videos that I made demonstrating the steps involved in building a battery. The battery used in the videos is the same voltage but slightly larger capacity. The same techniques all still apply. If you don’t understand something in the text, try watching it in the video.

Tools and materials required:

  • 18650 cells (more info on these below)
  • Pure nickel strip
  • Spot welder
  • Hot glue gun
  • Digital voltmeter
  • Scissors
  • Soldering iron and solder
  • Kapton non-static tape
  • BMS (battery management system)
  • Short length of silicone wire (12-16 awg)
  • Foam padding (optional)
  • Large diameter shrink wrap or tape (optional, sort of)
  • Heat gun or hair dryer (if using heat shrink tube)
  • Electrical connectors
  • Work gloves or latex gloves
  • Safety goggles

18650 lithium cell options

bare panasonic 18650 cells

18650 cells, which are used in many different consumer electronics from laptops to power tools, are one of the most common battery cells employed in electric bicycle battery packs. For many years there were only mediocre 18650 cells available, but the demand by power tool makers and even some electric vehicle manufacturers for strong, high quality cells has led to the development of a number of great 18650 options in the last few years.

These cells are distinctive due to their cylindrical shape and are about the size of a finger. Depending on the size of the battery you plan to build, you’ll need anywhere from a few dozen to a few hundred of them.

There are many different types of 18650 cells out there to choose from. I prefer to use name brand cells from companies like Panasonic, Samsung, Sony and LG. These cells have well documented performance characteristics and come from reputable factories with excellent quality control standards. Name brand 18650’s cost a bit more, but trust me, they are worth it. A great entry-level cell is the Samsung ICR18650-26F cell. These 2,600 mAh cells should cost somewhere around $3-$4 in any decent quantity and can handle up to 2C continuous discharge (5.2 A continuous per cell). I get my Samsung 26F cells from Aliexpress, usually from this seller but sometimes I’ve seen a better price here.

Name brand Samsung cells (INR18650-29E cells)

Name brand Samsung cells (INR18650-29E cells)

Many people are tempted to use cheaper 18650’s sold under names like Ultrafire, Surefire and Trustfire. Don’t be one of those people. These cells are often marketed as up to 5,000 mAh but struggle to get more than 2,000 mAh. In actuality, these cells are just factory rejects, purchased by companies like Ultrafire and repackaged in their own branded shrink wrap. These B-quality cells are then resold for use in low power devices like flashlights where their weaker performance is less of an issue. If a cell costs less than $2, it simply isn’t worth it. Stick to the name brand cells, like my favorite Samsung cells, if you want to build a safe, quality ebike battery.

Samsung ICR18650-26F cells straight from the factory

Samsung ICR18650-26F cells straight from the factory

When it comes to buying your cells, you might be able to find a local source, or you can order them straight from Asia. I prefer the second option, as you’ll usually get a much better price going straight to the source, even when paying for international shipping. One caveat though: do your best to ensure that your source sells genuine cells and not knock-offs. Do this by checking feedback and using a payment method that ensures you can get your money back if the product isn’t as described. For this reason, I like to buy my cells on Alibaba.com and AliExpress.com.

For this tutorial, I’ll be using the green Panasonic 18650PF cells shown above. Lately though I’ve been using 18650GA cells like these, which are a little bit more energy dense, meaning more battery in less space.

Make sure to use only pure nickel strip

When it comes to the nickel strip you’ll be using to connect the 18650 batteries together, you will have two options: nickel-plated steel strips and pure nickel strips. Go for the pure nickel. It costs a little bit more than nickel plated steel but it has much lower resistance. That will translate into less wasted heat, more range from your battery, and a longer useful battery lifetime due to less heat damage to the cells.

Be warned: some less-than-honest vendors try to pass off nickel plated steel for the pure stuff. They often get away with it because it’s nearly impossible to distinguish between to the two with the naked eye. I wrote a whole article on some methods I developed for testing nickel strip to make sure you get what you paid for. Check it out here.

nickel strip

When it comes to nickel strip, I also like to use Aliexpress. You can also find it on ebay or even a local source if you’re lucky. Once I started building lots of batteries I began buying pure nickel strip by the kilogram here, but in the beginning I recommend you pick up a smaller amount. You can get pure nickel strip for a good price in smaller amounts from a seller like this one, but you’ll still get the best price by buying it in kilo or half kilo quanitites.

As far as dimensions, I prefer to use 0.1 or 0.15 mm thick nickel, and usually use a 7 or 8 mm wide strip. A stronger welder can do thicker strip, but will cost a lot more. If your welder can do 0.15 mm nickel strip then go for it; thicker is always better. If you have thinner strips then that’s fine too, just lay down a couple layers on top of each other when necessary to create connections that can carry more current.

Author’s note: Hi guys, Micah here. I run this site and wrote this article. I just wanted to let you know real quick about my new book, “DIY Lithium Batteries: How To Build Your Own Battery Packs” which is available in both ebook and paperback format on Amazon and is available in most countries. It goes into much deeper detail than this article and has dozens of drawings and illustrations showing you every step of designing and building a battery. If you find this free site helpful, then taking a look at my book can help support the work I do here to benefit everyone. Thanks! Ok, now back to the article.

Do I HAVE To Use a Spot Welder?

Yes.

Well, let me put it differently: Yes, if you don’t want to damage your cells.

The first thing to know about lithium battery cells is that heat kills them. The reason we spot weld them is to securely join the cells together without adding much heat.

Sure, it is possible to solder directly to the cells (though it can be tricky without the right tools). The problem with soldering is that you add a lot of heat to the cell and it doesn’t dissipate very quickly. This speeds up a chemical reaction in the cell which robs the cell of its performance. The result is a cell that delivers less capacity and dies an earlier life.

Spot welders for batteries aren’t the same as most home spot welders. Unlike the large jaw spot welders for home workshops, battery spot welders have the electrodes on the same side. I’ve never seen them for sale in the US, but they can be found pretty easily on eBay and other international commerce websites. My full time use welder is a fairly simple model that I got here. A highly recommended source for a slightly nicer spot welder design (pictured below) with both mounted and handheld electrodes can be found here.

A com

A fairly common hobby-level Chinese spot welder

There are two main levels of spot welders currently available: hobby level and professional. A good hobby model should run about $200, while a good professional one can easily be ten times that price. I’ve never had a professional welder because I just can’t justify the cost, but I do own three different hobby models and have played around with many more. Their quality is very hit or miss, even on identical models from the same seller. Unfortunately the lemon ratio is quite high, meaning you could fork over a couple hundred bucks for a machine that just won’t work right (like my first welder!). Again, this is a good reason to use a site with buyer protection like Aliexpress.com.

A professional level spot welder

A professional level spot welder

I use my welders on 220V, though 110V versions are available. If you have access to 220V in your home (many 110V countries have 220V lines for clothes dryers and other high power appliances) then I’d recommend sticking with 220V. In my experience the 110V models seem to have more problems than their 220V brothers. Your mileage may vary.

The purchase price is often a turnoff for many people, but in reality $200 for a good hobby-level spot welder isn’t bad. All together, the supplies for my first battery, including the cost of the tools like the spot welder, ending up costing me about the same as if I had bought a retail battery of equal performance. That meant that in the end I had a new battery and I considered all the tools as free. Since then I’ve used them to build countless more batteries and made some huge savings!

Before you begin

A few tips before you get started:

Work in a clean area free of clutter. When you have exposed contacts of many battery cells all wired together, the last thing you want is to accidentally lay the battery down on a screwdriver or other metallic object. I once nearly spilled a box of paperclips on the top of an exposed battery pack while trying to move it out of the way. I can only imagine the fireworks show that would have caused.

Wear gloves. Work gloves, mechanic gloves, welding gloves, even latex gloves – just wear something. High enough voltage can conduct on the surface of your skin, especially if you have even slightly sweaty palms. I’ve felt the tingle enough times to always wear gloves now. In fact, my pair of choice for battery work are some old pink dish gloves. They are thin and provide great dexterity while protecting me from short circuits and sparks.

My gloves of choice

My gloves of choice

Remove all metallic jewelry. This is another tip that I can give from experience. Arcing the contacts on your battery is not something you want to happen ever, and especially not against your bare skin. I’ve had it happen on my wedding ring and once even had a burn mark in the shape of my watch’s clasp on my wrist for a week. Now I take everything off.

Wear safety goggles. Seriously. Don’t skip this one. During the process of spot welding it is not at all uncommon for sparks to fly. Skip the safety glasses and head for chemistry lab style goggles if you have them – you’ll want the wrap around protection when the sparks start bouncing. You’ve only got two eyes; protect them. I’d rather lose an arm than an eye. Oh, speaking of arms, I’d recommend long sleeves. Those sparks hurt when they come to rest on your wrists and forearms.

Ok, let’s build an electric bicycle battery!

You’re probably excited to start welding, but the first step is to plan out the configuration of your battery.

Most electric bicycle batteries fall into the 24V to 48V range, usually in 12V increments. Some people use batteries as high as 100 volts, but we’re going to stick to a medium sized 36V battery today. Of course the same principles apply for any voltage battery, so you can just scale up the battery I show you here today and build your own 48V, 60V or even higher voltage battery.

To reach our intended voltage of 36V, we have to connect a number of 18650 cells in series. Lithium-ion battery cells are nominally rated at 3.6 or 3.7V, meaning to reach 36V nominal, we’ll need 10 cells in series. The industry abbreviation for series is ‘s’, so this pack will be known as a “10S pack” or 10 cells in series for a final pack voltage of 36V.

Next, we’ll need to wire multiple 18650 cells in parallel to reach our desired pack capacity. Each of the cells I’m using are rated at 2,900 mAh. I plan to put 3 cells in parallel, for a combined capacity of 2.9Ah x 3 cells = 8.7 Ah. The industry abbreviation for parallel cells is ‘p’, meaning that my final pack configuration is considered a “10S3P pack” with a final specification of 36V 8.7AH.

Most commercially available 36V packs are around 10Ah, meaning our pack will be just a bit smaller. We could have also gone with a 4p configuration giving us 11.6 Ah, which would have been a slightly bigger and more expensive pack. The final capacity is totally defined by your own needs. Bigger isn’t always better, especially if you’re fitting a battery into tight spaces.

Next, plan out your cell configuration on your computer or even with a pencil and paper. This will help ensure you are laying out your pack correctly and show you the final dimensions of the pack. In my top-down drawing below I’ve designated the positive end of the cells in red and the negative end of the cells in white.

18650 template 10s3p straight

This is a very simple layout where each column of 3 cells is connected in parallel and then the 10 columns are connected across in series from left to right. The BMS board is shown at the far right end of the pack. You’ll see how the pack represented in the drawing will come together in real life shortly.

Below is a video I made showing how to design the cell layout of a battery.

Prepare your cells

Now that we’ve got all that pesky planning out of the way, let’s get started on the actual battery. Our work space is clear, all our tools are on hand, we’ve got our safety equipment on and we’re ready to go. We’ll begin by preparing our individual 18650 battery cells.

Test the voltage of each cell to make sure that they are all identical. If your cells came straight from the factory, they shouldn’t vary by more than a few percentage points from one to the next. They will likely fall in the range of 3.6-3.8 volts per cell as most factories ship their cells partially discharged to extend their shelf lives.

testing cell

If any one battery cell varies significantly from the others, do NOT connect it to the other cells. Paralleling two or more cells of different voltages will cause an instantaneous and massive current flow in the direction of the lower voltage cell(s). This can damage the cells and even result in fire on rare occasions. Either individually charge or discharge the cell to match the others, or more likely, just don’t use it in your pack at all. The reason for the voltage difference could have something to do with an issue in the cell, and you don’t want a bad cell in your pack.

This is why I always use name brand cells now. The only time I’ve ever received factory direct cells with non-matched voltages is when buying unbranded cells.

Once I’ve got all the cells I need checked out and ensured they have matching voltages, I like to arrange them on my work surface in the orientation of the intended pack. This gives me one final check to make sure the orientation will work as planned, and a chance to see the real-life size of the pack, minus a little bit of padding and heat shrink wrap.

This is approximately how the pack should look when the battery is finished

This is approximately how the pack should look when the battery is finished

Prepare your nickel

I like to cut most of my nickel strip in advance so I can just weld straight through without breaking my flow to stop and cut more nickel. I measured out the width of three cells and cut enough nickel strip to weld the top and bottoms of 10 sets of 3 cells, meaning 20 strips of nickel that were each 3 cells wide, plus a couple spares in case I messed anything up.

Nickel strips cut from the roll

Nickel strips cut from the roll

The nickel is surprisingly soft, which means you can use an ordinary pair of scissors to cut it. Try not to bend it too much though, as you want it to remain as flat as possible. If you do bend the corners with the scissors, you can easily bend them back down with your finger.

Prepare your parallel groups for welding

You’ll need someway to hold your cells in a straight line while welding, as free-handing is harder than it looks. I have a nice jig (that I received as a free ‘gift’ with the purchase of one of my welders) for holding my cells in a straight line while welding. However, before I received it I used a simple wooden jig I made to hold the cells while I hot glued them into a straight line.

My "real" 18650 spot welding jig

My “real” 18650 spot welding jig

My old wooden 18650 hot gluing jig

My old wooden 18650 hot gluing jig

Either way works, but my orange jig saves me one hot glue step which just makes for a cleaner looking pack. Of course it’s all the same after the pack gets covered with shrink wrap, so you can use any method you’d like. I’ve even found that some of those cylindrical ice cube trays are perfectly sized to hold 18650 cells. Cutting off the top would leave it clear for welding. I’d add some strong neodymium magnets to the backside to hold the cells in place like my orange jig has, but other than that it’s a perfect jig almost as-is.

An ice cube tray that makes a perfect 18650 spot welding jig

An ice cube tray that makes a perfect 18650 spot welding jig

Time to start welding!

Alright, here’s the moment everyone’s been itching for. Let’s weld up our cells.

Now the game plan here is to weld parallel groups of 3 cells (or more or less for your pack depending on how much total capacity you want). To weld the cells in parallel, we’ll need to weld the tops and the bottoms of the cells together so all 3 cells share common positive and negative terminals.

There are different models of welders out there but most of them work in a similar way. You should have two copper electrodes spaced a few millimeters apart on two arms, or you might have handheld probes. My machine has welding arms.

Lay your nickel strip over the tops of your cells and lift up against the welding probes to initiate a weld

Lay your nickel strip over the tops of your cells and lift up against the welding probes to initiate a weld

Lay your nickel strip on top of the three cells, ensuring that it covers all three terminals. Turn your welder on and adjust the current to a fairly low setting (if it’s your first time using the welder). Perform a test weld by placing the battery cells and copper strip below the probes and lifting up until the welding arms raise high enough to initiate the weld.

You’ll see two dots where the weld was performed. Test the weld by pulling on the nickel strip (if it’s your first time using the welder). If it doesn’t come off with hand pressure, or requires a lot of strength, then it’s a good weld. If you can easily peel it off, turn the current up. If the surface looks burnt or is overly hot to the touch, turn the current down. It helps to have a spare cell or two for dialing in the power of your machine.

This is how your cells should look after the first set of welds

This is how your cells should look after the first set of welds

Continue down the row of cells placing a weld on each cell. Then go back and do another set of welds on each cell. I like to do 2-3 welds (4-6 weld points) per cell. Any less and the weld isn’t as secure; any more and you’re just unnecessarily heating the cell. More and more welds won’t increase the current carrying ability of the nickel strip very much. The actual weld point isn’t the only place where current flows from the cell to the strip. A flat piece of nickel will be touching the whole surface of the cell cap, not just at the points of the weld. So 6 weld points is plenty to ensure good contact and connection.

Here are the cells with a couple more welds

Here are the cells with a couple more welds

Once you’ve got 2-3 welds on the top of each cell, turn the 3 cells over and do the same thing to the bottom of the 3 cells with a new piece of nickel. Once you’ve completed the bottom welds you’ll have one complete parallel group, ready to go. This is technically a 1S3P battery already (1 cell in series, 3 cells in parallel). That means I’ve just created a 3.6V 8.7Ah battery. Only nine more of these and I’ll have enough to complete my entire pack.

Now weld the same way on the opposite side of the cells

Now weld the same way on the opposite side of the cells

Next, grab another 3 cells (or however many you are putting in your parallel groups) and perform the same operation to make another parallel group just like the first one. Then keep going. I’m making eight more parallel groups for a total of 10 parallel groups.

Below is a video I made showing how to perform the spot welding steps on a battery.

Assembling parallel groups in series

Now I’ve got 10 individual parallel groups and I’m going to assemble them in series to make a single ebike battery pack.

10 parallel groups all welded up with nowhere to go...

10 parallel groups all welded up with nowhere to go…

When it comes to layout, there are two ways to assemble cells in straight packs (rectangular packs like I am building). I don’t know if there are industry terms for this, but I call the two methods “offset packing” and “linear packing”.

Offset packing results in a shorter pack because the parallel groups are offset by half a cell, taking up part of the space between the cells of the previous parallel group. However, this results in a somewhat wider pack as the offset parallel groups extend to each side by a quarter of a cell more than they would have in linear packing. Offset packing is handy for times where you need to fit the pack into a shorter area (such as the frame triangle) and don’t care about the width penalty.

packing linear and offset

Linear packing, on the other hand, will result in a narrower pack that ends up a bit longer than offset packing. Some people say offset packing is more efficient because you can fit more cells in a smaller area by taking advantage of the space between cells. However, offset packing creates wasted space on the ends of parallel group rows where gaps form between the edge of the pack and the ‘shorter’ rows. The larger the battery pack, the less wasted space is taken up compared to the overall pack size, but the difference is negligible for most packs. For my battery, I decided to go with offset packing to make the pack shorter and fit easier into a small triangle bag.

When it comes to welding your parallel groups in series, you’ll have to plan out the welds based on your welder’s physical limits. The stubby arms on my welder can only reach about two rows of cells deep, meaning I will need to add a single parallel group at a time, weld it, then add another one. If you have handheld welding probes then you could theoretically weld up your whole pack at once.

And I’d be theoretically jealous of you.

hot gluing1

Since most welders have arms like mine, I’ll show you how I did it. I started by hot gluing two parallel groups together in an offset fashion, making sure the ends were opposite (one positive and one negative at each end, as shown in the picture). Then I snipped a pile of nickel strips long enough to bridge just two cells.

Note that the parallel groups are aligned with opposite poles

Note that the parallel groups are aligned with opposite poles

I placed the first parallel group positive side up, and the second parallel group negative side up. I laid the nickel strips on top of each of the three sets of cells, bridging the positive caps of the first parallel group with the negative terminal of the second parallel group, as shown in the picture.

series before weld

I then put one set of welds on each cell end of the first parallel group, effectively tacking the three nickel strips in place. Then I added another set of welds on each of the negative terminals of the second parallel group. This gave me 6 weld sets, or one weld set for each cell. Lastly, I followed up those single weld sets with another couple welds per cell to ensure good contact and connection.

Next, I added the third parallel group after the second, hot gluing it in place in the same orientation as the first, so the top of the pack alternates from positive terminals to negative terminals and back to positive terminals along the first three parallel groups.

second series after weld

Now this step is very important: I’m going to turn the pack upside-down and perform this set of welds between the positive caps on the second parallel group and negative terminals on the third parallel group. Essentially, I’m welding on the opposite side of the pack as I did when I connected the first two parallel groups. Skip down a few pictures to see the completely welded pack to understand how the alternating side system works.

Why do we alternate sides of the pack during the welding process? We do it because in this way we connect the positive terminal of each parallel group to the negative terminal of the next group in line. That’s how series connections work: always positive to negative to positive to negative, alternating between the two.

When we add the fourth parallel group, we’ll again hot glue it in place in the opposite orientation of the third parallel group (and the same orientation of the second parallel group) and then weld it on the opposite side as we welded between the second and third group (and the same side as we welded between the first and second group).

welding many parallel groups

This pattern continues until we’ve got all 10 parallel groups connected. In my case, you can see that the first and last parallel groups aren’t welded on the top side of the pack. That is because they are the “ends” of the pack, or the main positive and negative terminals of the entire 36V pack.

Each of the cell groups not connected at the top are connected underneath

Each of the cell groups not connected at the top are connected underneath

Adding the BMS (Battery Management System)

The battery cells have now been assembled into a larger 36V pack, but I still have to add a BMS to control the charging and discharging of the pack. The BMS monitors all of the parallel groups in the pack to safely cut off power at the end of charging, balance all the cells identically and keep the pack from being over-discharged.

BMS in package

A BMS isn’t necessarily strictly required – it is possible to use the pack as is, without a BMS. But that requires very careful monitoring of the cells of the battery to avoid damaging them or creating a dangerous scenario during charging or discharging. It also requires buying a more complicated and expensive charger that can balance all of the cells individually. It’s much better to go with a BMS unless you have specific reasons to want to monitor your cells by yourself.

The BMS I chose is a 30A maximum constant discharge BMS, which is more than I’ll need. It’s good to be conservative and over-spec your BMS if possible, so you aren’t running it near its limit. My BMS also has a balance feature that keeps all of my cells balanced on every charge. Not all BMS’s do this, though most do. Be wary of extremely cheap BMS’s because that’s when you’re likely to encounter a non-balancing BMS.

BMS exposed

To wire the BMS, we first need to determine which of the sense wires (the many thin wires) is the first one (destined for the first parallel group). Look for the wires to be numbered on one side the board. Mine is on the backside of the board and I forgot to take a picture of it before installing it, but trust me that I took note of which end the sense wires start on. You don’t want to make a mistake and connect the sense wires starting in the wrong direction.

Make sure to consult the wiring diagram for your BMS, because some BMS’s have one more sense wire than cells (for example, 11 sense wires for a 10S pack). On these packs, the first wire will go on the negative terminal of the first parallel group, with all the rest of the wires going on the positive terminal of each successive parallel group. My BMS only has 10 sense wires though, so each will go on the positive terminal of the parallel groups.

The wiring diagram supplied with my BMS

The wiring diagram supplied with my BMS

Before actually wiring the BMS to the pack, I hot glued it to a piece of foam to insulate the contacts on the bottom of the board and then hot glued that foam to the end of the battery.

BMS on end of pack

Then I took the sense wire labeled B1 and soldered it to the positive terminal of the first parallel group (which also happens to be the same as the negative terminal of the second parallel group, as they are connected together with nickel strip).

When soldering these wires to the nickel strip, try to solder between two cells and not directly on top of a cell. This keeps the heat source further from the actual cell ends and causes less heating of the battery cells.

soldering balance wires

I then took my second sense wire (or your third sense wire if you have one more sense wires than parallel groups) and soldered it to the positive terminal of the second parallel group. Again, note that I’m soldering this wire to the nickel in between cells to avoid heating any cell directly.

BMS soldered

I continued with all 10 sense wires, placing the last one on the positive terminal of the 10th parallel group. If you aren’t sure about which groups are which, or you get confused, use your digital voltmeter to double check the voltages of each group so you know you are connecting each wire to the correct group.

The last step of wiring the BMS is to add the charge and discharge wires. The pack’s positive charge wire and discharge wire will both be soldered directly to the positive terminal of the 10th parallel group. The negative charge wire will be soldered to the C- pad on the BMS and the negative discharge wire will be soldered to the P- pad on the BMS. I also need to add one wire from the negative terminal of the first parallel group to the B- pad on the BMS.

completely wired pack

You’ll notice that for my charge wires I used larger diameter wires than the sense wires that came with the BMS. That’s because charging will deliver more current than those sense wires will. Also, you’ll notice the discharge wires (including the B- pad to the negative terminal of the pack) are the thickest wires of all of them, as these will carry the entire power of the whole pack during discharging. I used 16 awg for the charge wires and 12 awg for the discharge wires.

You’ll also notice in the following pictures that my charge and discharge wires are taped off at the ends with electrical tape. This is to keep them from accidentally coming in contact with each other and short circuiting the pack. A friend of mine recently tipped me off to another (and probably better) option to prevent shorts: add your connectors to the wires first, then solder them onto the pack and BMS. Doh!

Below is a video I made showing how to add a BMS to a lithium battery.

Sealing your DIY ebike battery with heat shrink

This step is somewhat optional. You should seal your battery somehow to prevent it from shorting on all of that exposed nickel, but it doesn’t necessarily have to be with heat shrink wrap. Some people use duct tape, plastic wrap, fabric, etc. In my opinion though, shrink wrap is the best method because it not only provides a largely water resistant (though not water-proof) seal, but also provides constant and even pressure on all of your connections and wires, reducing the risk of vibration damage.

Before I seal my batteries in heat shrink, I like to wrap them in a thin layer of foam for added protection. This helps keep the ends of your cells from getting dinged if the battery receives any rough treatment, which can happen accidentally in the form of a dropped battery or ebike accident. The foam also helps to dampen the vibrations that the battery will experience on the bike.

Cutting foam to size before wrapping

Cutting foam to size before wrapping

I use white 2mm thick craft foam and cut out a shape slightly larger than my pack. I wrap it up and seal it with electrical tape. It doesn’t have to be pretty, it just has to cover the pack. Your next step will hide the foam from view.

foam wrapped completely

Next comes the heat shrink tube. Large diameter heat shrink tube is hard to find, and I got lucky with a big score of different sizes from a Chinese vendor before his supply dried up. Your best bet is to check sites like eBay for short lengths of heat shrink in the size you need.

A quick note: when you get into large sizes of heat shrink, the method of quoting the size often changes from referring to the diameter of the tube to referring to the flat width (or half the circumference when in a circle). This is because at these large sizes, it’s not so much a tube anymore as two flat sheets fused together, sort of like an envelope. Keep that in mind and know what size is being quoted when you buy your large diameter heat shrink tube.

There are formulas out there for calculating the exact size of heat shrink you need but I often find them overly complicated. Here’s how I figure out what size I need: take the height and width of the pack and add them together, and remember that number. The size of heat shrink you need when measured by the flat width (half the circumference) is between that number you found and twice that number (or ideally between slightly more than that number to slightly less than twice that number).

Why does this formula work? Think about it: heat shrink (unless stated otherwise) usually has a 2:1 shrink ratio, so if I need something with less than twice the circumference (or perimeter rather, since my pack isn’t really a circle) of my pack. Since large diameter heat shrink is quoted in half circumference (flat width) sizes, and I want heat shrink with a circumference of a bit more than the perimeter of my pack, then I know I need the half circumference size to be a bit more than half of my pack’s perimeter, which is equal to the height plus the width of my pack.

That might of sounded confusing, so let’s talk in real numbers. My pack is about 70 mm high and about 65 mm wide. That means that half of the perimeter of my pack is 70+ 65 = 135 mm. So I need some heat shrink tubing that has a flat width (or half circumference) of between 135 to 270 mm, or to be safer, more like between 150-250mm. And if possible, I want to be on the smaller end of that range so the heat shrink will be tighter and hold more firmly. Luckily, I have some 170mm heat shrink tube which will work great.

foam wrapped sitting on shrink

One more thing to note about large diameter heat shrink: unless otherwise stated, this stuff usually shrinks about 10% in the long direction, so you’ll want to add a bit extra to the length to account for both overlap and longitudinal shrinkage.

But there’s still another issue: now if I just slip my pack inside some shrink wrap tube, I’ll still have exposed ends. This is more or less ok structurally, though it won’t be very water resistant and it will look a bit less professional.

shrink 1

So I’m going to first use a wider (285 mm to be exact) but shorter piece of shrink wrap to go around the long direction of the pack. That will seal the ends first, and then I can go back with my long and skinny piece of heat shrink to do the length of the pack.

shrink 2

If you don’t have an actual heat gun, you can use a strong hair dryer. Not all hair dryers will work, but my wife’s 2000 watt model is great. I own a real heat gun but actually prefer to use her hair dryer because it has finer controls and a wider output.  Just don’t go mess up your wife’s hair dryer!

Sliding on and shrinking the second layer

Sliding on and shrinking the second layer

Now I’ve got all of my pack sealed in heat shrink with my wires exiting the seam between the two layers of shrink wrap. I could have stopped here, but I didn’t particularly like the way the shrink fell on the wire exit there, from a purely aesthetic standpoint. So I actually took a third piece of shrink wrap, the same size (285 mm) as that first piece and went around the long axis of the pack one more time to pull the wires down tight to the end of the pack.

shrink 6

That resulted in a total of three layers of shrink wrap which makes for one very protected battery!

Below is a video I made showing how to heat shrink a lithium battery.

Finishing touches

The only thing left to do at this point is to add the connectors, unless you did that before you soldered the wires on, which I actually recommend doing. But of course I didn’t do that, so I added them at this step, being careful not to short them by connecting only one wire at a time.

Dollar for scale

Dollar for scale

You can use any connectors you like. I’m a big fan of Anderson PowerPole connectors for the discharge leads. I used this other connector that I had in my parts bin for the discharge wires. I’m not sure what that type of connector is called, but if someone wants to let me know in the comments section then that’d be great!

You can also add a label or other information to the outside of your pack for that professional look. If nothing else, it’s a good idea to at least write on the pack what the voltage and capacity is. Especially if you make multiple custom batteries, that will ensure you never forget what the correct charge voltage for the pack is.

label at end

You’ll also want to test out the battery with a fairly light load in the beginning. Try to go for an easy ride on the first few charges, or even better, use a discharger if you have one. I built a custom discharger out of halogen light bulbs. It allows me to fully discharge my batteries at different power levels and measure the output. This specific battery gave 8.54 Ah on its first discharge cycle at a discharge rate of 0.5c, or about 4.4 A. That result is actually pretty good, and equates to an individual average cell capacity of about 2.85 Ah, or 98% of the rated capacity.

Manufacturers usually rate their cells’ capacity at very low discharge rates, sometimes just 0.1c, where the cells perform at their maximum. So don’t be surprised if you’re only getting 95% or so of the advertised capacity of your cells during real world discharges. That’s to be expected. Also, your capacity is likely to go up a bit after the first few charge and discharge cycles as the cells get broken in and balance to one another.

I didn’t include a charging a section in this article, as this was just about how to build a lithium battery. But here’s a video I made showing you how to choose the appropriate charger for your lithium battery.

Now it’s your turn!

Now you’ve got all the info you should need to make your own electric bicycle lithium battery pack. You might still need a few tools, but at least you’ve got the knowledge. Remember to take it slow, plan everything out in advance and enjoy the project. And don’t forget your safety gear!

A video version of my how-to:

If you’re like me, then you like hearing and seeing how things are done, not just reading about them. That’s why I also made a video showing all the steps I took here in one single video. The battery I build in this video is not the same exact battery, but it’s similar. It’s a 24V 5.8AH battery for a small, low power ebike. But you can simply add more cells to make a higher voltage or higher capacity pack to fit your own needs. Check out the video below:

 

I’ll leave you with a little more inspiration

Now I’m sure you’re all jazzed about building your own battery pack. But just in case, I’m going to leave you with an awesome video featuring battery builder Damian Rene of Madrid, Spain building a very large, very professionally constructed 48V 42AH battery pack from 18650 cells. You can read about how he built this battery here. (Also, note in the video his good use of safety equipment!)

image credit 1, 2, 3,

Spot #10

Spot #9

Spot #8

BBS02 fitted to a Cannondale Trail 6 MTB.
Used with a pair of batteries on forest trails or with 6 batteries on the road for up to 150 miles range (current longest run 101.2 miles).

Spot #7

Working in Africa and want to explore around and go drink some beer at the near villages without sweat a lot, I need something not to expensive I can leave at my depart. 4-5 years ago I bring a petrol engine to do the same use.
Again it was easily fit in my luggages.
This time I was lucky enough to put my hands on an “expat bike”, strong and light.
Little work et voilà! not so beautiful but like the wife said: it’s fit the décor and do the job.
It’s a real crowd magnet.

How To Differ Between Pure Nickel Strip Battery Tabs Vs. Steel Core

nickel strips

Ready to build your own electric bicycle lithium battery? Check out my how-to article here.

 

Building your own electric bicycle battery isn’t rocket science, but it isn’t the simplest job either. When putting together an ebike battery pack, you want to make sure you’re using pure nickel strips and not nickel coated steel trips.

Conductive metal strips are spot welded between all the cells of an electric bicycle battery pack. Nickel is the material of choice due to its low relative resistance and ease of spot welding. Steel is cheaper than nickel, which is why many vendors sell nickel coated steel strips. It brings the cost down, but at the expense of pack health. Because steel has higher resistance, the same size strips will heat up more, wasting energy from your pack. This not only cuts down on your range but also damages your battery by cooking it slowly over time with extra heat.

Most vendors are honest and clearly indicate whether they are selling pure nickel (usually 99.95% pure or higher) or nickel coated steel strips. However, I’ve seen people get scammed by paying for pure nickel strips and receiving the steel ones instead.

The problem is that it can be nearly impossible to distinguish between pure nickel strips and nickel coated steel strips using only the naked eye. They look identical from the outside. They are both attracted by a magnet. The density of steel and nickel is so close that weighing them is also difficult. A sample long enough to have enough mass to make a measurable difference will also likely have enough small variations in size to destroy any chance of a fair comparison.

But don’t fret! I’ve devised two different methods for testing nickel strips to determine if they are pure nickel or nickel coated steel.

Method 1

The first option for testing the strips is with a Dremel or other rotary tool and a sanding or grinding attachment. Simply grind or sand at the nickel strip using a high speed setting. If you see sparks after a second or so, you know you’ve got a steel strip. Steel will spark when struck at sufficient speed with a sanding or grinding attachment. The wheel quickly goes through the thin nickel coating and reveals the steel below the surface.

dremel sparks

If you sand or grind away for more than a second or two and still see no sparks, you know you’ve got pure nickel.

Method 2

The next option is better if you don’t have a Dremel or other rotary tool. Simply scuff up the steel strip with sandpaper or any other rough object (a wire brush, a screwdriver, even a house key) and place it in a cup of saltwater. Make sure you’ve scratched up the surface to expose any steel below, if there is any. You’ll know there’s steel present in a day or so if you see rust forming. Steel rusts easily, but nickel is highly corrosion resistant. If there’s no rust after a day or so, you’ve got a pure nickel strip!

pure nickel strip vs nickel coated steel core strip

Fun fact: I actually discovered Method 1 while preparing to test out my idea for Method 2. I used a rotary tool with a sanding wheel to scuff up some sample strips so I could put them in saltwater. That’s when I realized that some of the strips were throwing sparks. By completing the saltwater test, I confirmed my suspicion that it was the steel core strips that were shooting sparks while the pure nickel strips didn’t spark at all.

So now you know how to confirm that you’ve got pure nickel strips. Stay tuned for my upcoming article on how to use those nickel strips to build an ebike battery.

image credit 1, 2

 

How To Remove A Stripped Disc Brake Bolt (Or Any Other Bolt)

disc brake bolts

Stripped screws: it’s happened to nearly everyone at some point in their tool-using career.

It can happen to nearly anything, from drywall screws to hex bolts to disc brake bolts. And there are usually two things in common each time: 1) it is caused by using the wrong tool (or the right tool incorrectly), and 2) it always seems to happen at the worst possible time.

It happened to me a few days ago and so I wanted to write up a quick article here showing how I solved the problem.

First of all, what exactly happened? I was trying to remove a disc brake rotor from a wheel when I discovered, much to my dismay, that the bolts used were torx head instead of normal allen head bolts. My hex keys weren’t going to work here. And not having a set of torx drivers around (my first mistake of the evening), I decided to give it the ol’ college try with a flat head screwdriver (my second mistake of the evening).

As you might imagine, this was an exercise in futility. Disc brake bolts are normally held in with blue thread-locker compound to keep them from backing out. Even with the right tool, it takes some muscle to break them free. With the wrong tool, you’ll end up destroying either the tool, the bolt, or both – which is exactly what happened to me.

stripped bolt head

So now I’m pretty much screwed, pun intended, of course. Except that I’m not screwed, because I’ve got my trusty Dremel-type rotary tool that I got in a flea market in Bangkok (hey, a good Dremel isn’t cheap!)

The solution? A cutting wheel.

stripped bolt slotted with dremel

I sliced a nice slot right across the top of the bolt head. It took me a few passes but I got it just wide enough for a thick, flat blade screwdriver to fit in there. With a little bit of muscle and a little bit of luck I was able to break free the thread-locker and unscrew the bolt with the flat blade screwdriver.

screwdriver opening stripped bolt

And that’s all there was to it! Obviously this isn’t an ideal solution, but if you’ve already buggered up a bolt to the point of no return, this just might help you get it out.

Inside Look At Ebike Parts Supplier EM3EV.com And Its Founder

em3ev logo

When it comes to suppliers of electric bicycle parts, there are two main groups: 1) North American suppliers that offer good quality and service but with high prices or 2) Asian suppliers that offer much cheaper prices but with lower or at least unreliable quality and service.

EM3EV is the love-child of the two, an Asia-based ebike parts supplier that offers reasonable prices while still providing high quality parts and service that can normally only be found in the western world.

EM3EV was created by Paul (also known as cell_man on the Endless Sphere ebike forum) and supplies many different ebikes parts, from complete hubmotor and mid drive kits to custom made batteries to modified chargers and high quality controllers. Every few weeks it seems there’s another new part up on the site.  And that’s the way EM3EV started out: growing organically from a small operation.

china-map-md

It all started a few years ago when Paul moved to China. He saw that ebikes were everywhere and wanted to learn more. That was back in the early days of the Endless Sphere forums (check out my article showing you how to use the Endless Sphere forums here) and Paul began posting on the forums and learning more about the technology.

Living in China, he had a front row seat (and easy access) to all the different emerging ebike technologies from motors to batteries and everything in between. Back then battery cells from a company called A123 were hard to come by, but Paul managed to find a supplier in China and he used a sizable chunk of his life savings to purchase a pile of 20AH cells, which he sold for just a small profit to the battery-hungry market in the west.

And a star was born.

Ok, maybe that’s a bit dramatic, but that was essentially Paul’s first steps into the ebike parts vendor world. As he put’s it:

We did not build batteries initially, but we were asked and I’d always seen myself as a bit of an Engineer, so I started building batteries, although making a pack from the pouch cells is not particularly easy. Then I started selling a few kits we brought in, bought a small spot welder to build packs from cylindrical cells. We started doing our own wheels and putting kits together from the component parts. We had one lady that helped me initially, then slowly got more help and learned as we went along.”

Paul is allowed to fancy himself as an engineer. After all, the guy is well educated. He holds a B.Eng. in Electroacoustics (or as he described it to me, “basically acoustics with lots of maths and electronics”) as well as a M.Sc in Marine Geotechnics (which he was again kind enough to explain to me in simpler terms, describing it as a combination of “Geotechnics, Geophysics, Underwater Surveying and various other stuff related to Marine Sciences”).

One might wonder how he got from Electroacoustics and Marine Sciences to ebikes, which is an interesting story in and of itself. Paul actually left school early at the age of 17 and began an apprenticeship in general engineering while studying as a full time college student. His childhood interest in audio systems led to his studying Audio Engineering and his eventual degree in Electroacoustics. After finally leaving full-time studies at age 26, he worked in marine electronics and traveled the world repairing ship and shore based marine electronic systems. Paul spent a lot of time working in Korea and China, where he met his future wife and eventually followed her to Shanghai. You know, basically your textbook fairytale love story.

So that brings us full circle. It also perhaps explains EM3EV’s commitment to quality, service and support.

Having grown up in the western world, Paul was quite familiar with the service expected by his customers, and at the same time he was aware of the major lack of service and support provided by most other China-based ebike parts vendors. To let Paul describe his reputation for such high level of quality and support in his own words:

It is not something that was particularly planned, but it was always a complaint that I had heard about many suppliers and manufacturers, so yes from the beginning, I suppose I did always try my best. I’ve always tried to be fair. If it’s our fault, it’s only right you should get it put right and do whatever you reasonably can to fix whatever problem you are presented with. In the early days it was very hard on some occasions, to foot the bill when a problem occurred. When money is short and you are just starting out, when you can’t even get parts back, it is hard and it is hard to see the bigger picture. You just need to figure these costs in and get on with it and just understand you will sometimes lose, but hopefully not too often. In my experience, the vast majority of people are reasonable and fair if they feel you are making a reasonable effort.”

Search the internet for EM3EV reviews and you’ll find people gushing about how their battery has been going strong for years, their motor never complains, and their charger is bulletproof. Sure, there are occasional instances of a product defect, but even then the reviews show how Paul handles repairs and replacements quickly and at his own cost. It’s simply the way a vendor should act. Period.

In addition to treating his customers well, Paul also treats his employees and staff well too. Salaries are some of the highest for this work in China and he routinely goes above and beyond in other ways. For example, one of the downsides of being in Shanghai is the poor air quality. Paul had air filters installed at home as well as in his office, but felt bad leaving out his workers, so he had air filters installed in all the work areas as well. His is one of the few factories in China with filtered air!

Air pollution might be one of the downsides to working in China, but there are many advantages that helped EM3EV achieve its status as a well respected supplier. Most ebike components are manufactured in China, which means that being close gives them easier access to that supply. There is also a lot of good quality, domestically produced machinery and equipment available in China, and by buying carefully Paul has been able to set up a well equipped factory (including a full size 8-tool changer CNC router, a high output spot welder with a CNC table, a 40-ton die press, electronics and battery testing equipment, a Morizumi spoke cutter/threading machine and more).

EM3EV battery spot welding station

Battery spot welding station

Collecting all that equipment meant that Paul’s factory has had to grow and move over the years, including moving into a new factory in late 2014. As Paul describes it, the place is a major upgrade from the smaller and shadier place they were in for the last few years, which itself was a step up from working out of his home in the beginning!

EM3EV battery factory

The battery production side of the factory

 

EM3EV battery assembly station

Battery case assembly station

 

Being located in China also means Paul has quick access to parts and supplies when needed. If a customer has an issue, Paul can be on the phone with the company and get a replacement part shipped out quickly. North American suppliers are often stranded for weeks or months by the physical and language barrier that prevents speedy business.

Of course, there are also downsides to the location, and more than just the air pollution. Those replacement parts that Paul can get so quickly usually cost a small fortune to ship. A $3 part can cost $20 to mail across the ocean, all at Paul’s expense. Ever the resourceful vendor though, Paul has been working on improving the situation. By developing a network of dealers around the world, he has been able to provide even speedier service by using local dealers as forward operating bases. This plan is still in its early stages of implementation, but I expect it to pay off well for everyone involved.

em3ev triangle bag

One iconic product from EM3EV has been their triangle bag (which I will be posting a more detailed review of soon). The EM3EV triangle bag is considered one of the best in the industry, and it’s development shows Paul’s commitment to quality parts at reasonable prices. He originally started out using another commercially available triangle bag to house the batteries he was building, but wasn’t entirely happy with the design. So he started working on some improvements and changes to create a better product. He met a good Taiwanese bag manufacturer and the two of them worked out a great designed that turned into the triangle bag we know and love today.

But Paul didn’t stop there! He is still working on a new design for a second smaller bag for lower capacity batteries that has some more planned improvements over his original design.

Paul get’s kept pretty busy. In fact, pretty much the only complaint I ever hear about EM3EV is that he isn’t quick enough to respond to emails and inquiries. I know there are only 24 hours in the day and that Paul can’t do everything, but this is one area where I do hope to see some improvement.

In the meantime, Paul’s next step is to continue investing in his company and expanding the capabilities of what they can do.

We’ve put a lot back into the business and we have big things underway with the way we will be producing our batteries in the near future. I wanted to have the equipment to do things in-house, instead of trying to outsource. It is difficult getting things done in small or moderate quantities in China, so I’d rather we do it ourselves, and then we also develop our own expertise. We already do things differently, with [regard to] the level of care throughout the assembly. Once all the new features and techniques are introduced into our packs, I am confident to say that there will be nobody else doing battery packs quite like us and certainly not in fairly small quantities with specialized shape and design. However, the primary driving force behind the changes is safety, we want to make the safest possible battery we can.”

And that, ladies and gentlemen, is how it is done.

Check out Paul’s e-shop at www.EM3EV.com where you’ll find not only the products he sells, but also a lot of info to help educate customers and help them find exactly what they need for their specific projects.

image source 1, 2, 3

Spot #6

The “Urban Assault” is our Flag-ship ebike. It is our test platform for the products we sell. And it’s really fun to ride.

Spot #5

25 mile range on throttle. All week running errands at 50% PAS

Review: Triangle Frame Battery Bag by Electric Rider

Electric Rider Triangle Frame Bag
I’ve always been a fan of doing your own electric bicycle conversion instead of buying a retail ebike. By going the do-it-yourself (DIY) route, you have so much more freedom and room for customization, allowing you to choose from many different ebike parts.

Nearly every electric bicycle part has been designed to seamlessly integrate with standard bicycles to make the conversion process simple and easy. Throttles just slip over handlebar ends, motors mount easily in the wheel dropouts, and controllers can be bolted just about anywhere. The only problem can be fitting a battery onto a bicycle.

There are a few ebike batteries specifically built for mounting to bicycle frames, but generally DIY builders have been stuck building their own custom boxes and enclosures.

The best place to mount batteries on an ebike is in the center triangle of a bicycle frame. By mounting batteries in the triangle, you keep the weight centered in the bike and lower to the ground. But how can you securely mount your batteries in such an odd shaped area of the bike?

Enter: The Electric Rider Triangle Battery Bag!

electric rider triangle frame bag with scale

 

Electric Rider Triangle Battery Bag

I got my hands on one of these new bags about 6 weeks ago and have been putting it through the paces ever since.

Now this isn’t my first triangle bag I’ve used for mounting batteries on an ebike. Readers of EbikeSchool.com might remember a review I did of the Ibera triangle bag, which I loved. Well, now I’ve found the Ibera bag’s big brother, and that’s the Electric Rider triangle bag.

This triangle bag has everything I loved about the Ibera bag, and a whole lot more!

Let’s start with the material. The exterior of the bag is made from what appears to be some type of tightly woven nylon, which gives the bag its water resistant feature. The zipper itself is a waterproof variety, just like I have on many of my hiking bags that are meant to keep all your gear dry in a downpour. The zipper closes behind a plastic-like sealing barrier which stops water ingress via the zipper. These two methods together make the bag highly water-resistant. I hesitate to say it is water proof, because I’m sure if you held a hose to it for long enough, especially around the wire ports, you’d start to get some water leakage. But fortunately for us, real rain isn’t directed like a sideways hose, and the light sprinkling rain I encountered left me with a bone dry interior. I haven’t had an heavy rains yet to give it a more intense test.

straps and zipper

The wire ports themselves are really neat. One port in the front is covered by a nylon hood, which means the wires exit up but then immediately turn 90 degrees to the side. This helps to keep falling water from entering the exit port.

Many people will require a top mounted wire exit, especially if the controller is to be included in the bag, because that’s the most direct path to the handlebars and all of the devices you’ll have mounted there. This hooded exit port is a great way to provide a top mounted exit port without the risk of water easily getting through.

hooded wire access port

The second wire port is located on the underside of the bag and is similar to the headphone ports on many backpacks. A spiral cut piece of rubber holds the port closed and tightly seals around wires that exit the port. These two different designs for top and bottom mounted wire ports should provide many options for accessing your battery and any other electronics stored in the bag.

wire access port

This might be a good chance to check back in on the Ibera triangle bag I used before I got the Electric Rider triangle bag. While it was nice and roomy, it didn’t have any wire ports, probably because it was never meant for use on electric bicycles. That’s one of the biggest advantages of the Electric Rider triangle bag: it’s designed specifically for ebike use.

A great example of how this triangle bag is meant for ebikes is that included padding. The bag itself doesn’t feature built in padding, rather there is a long strip of foam padding included with the bag to allow the user to shape it to whatever battery they are using. At first I wasn’t a fan of this method, as I would have preferred a bag that came padded on all sides. But as I started using the bag, I realized how useful this feature was. By not padding the entirety of the bag, Electric Rider left as much usable space as possible in the bag. I could then add their padding only where I needed it. This meant the bag could remain as wide as possible for holding as thick a battery as you can get in there. Then you can just wrap the padding around the corners or bottom of the battery (or top of the battery if you want to put more stuff in there on top of it) as you see fit.

triangle battery bag with padding

One downside of the triangle bag is that there isn’t a great way to protect against theft. This is a problem inherent in all battery bags, since they don’t lock to the bike the way an aluminum case battery can. One trick to get around this is to use a luggage lock on the two zipper pulls. This isn’t going to stop a determined thief, but it will prevent opportunistic crime where a would-be thief sees and easy target and goes rummaging through your battery bag. Check out my article on Ebike theft prevention to learn more here.

Adding a lock to the zippers is something you very well may want to consider, especially when you see how much expensive lithium you can cram into this bag. In terms of size, I’m not sure how else to say it other than that this bag is cavernous. It just keeps going. It will fill up the triangle on most bikes (and might even be too big for some, though it will squish down to fit) and its width means you can stuff a lot of battery into it.

electric rider bag bigger than em3ev bag

The EM3EV triangle bag (which is a nice bag in its own right, and one which I will be reviewing here soon too) has been the largest triangle bag to date. Well, now we’ve got a new king in town, as the Electric Rider triangle bag is even bigger.

To test it out, I put it in the biggest, weirdest and most open frame I could find: the Electra Townie. This gigantic frame can fit enough lithium to take you half way across the country. The only problem is fitting it in there somehow. But the Electric Rider triangle bag actually surprised me by fitting in this gigantic frame triangle (or perhaps ‘abstract quadrilateral’ is more accurate than ‘triangle’). You can see that the frame is so large on this bike that the bag stretches a bit to fit. However, the long mounting straps that Electric Rider designed into the bag means that it can hold on securely even with the edges of the bag an inch or more from the frame members.

townie with electric rider triangle bag

There is even still plenty of room for another bag up front to hold a controller, keys, wallet, sunglasses etc. The large shape of the bag and the extra long straps make this bag adaptable to many different size and shapes of bicycle frames. It even fit nicely in another weird yet smaller frame I had: a fat bike.

fat bike with electric rider triangle bag

But fitting in a frame is just part of the story. A battery bag has to hold a lot of battery if it wants to live up to its name. So the next test involved loading the bag up with a bunch of batteries to see how well it worked. 

triangle bag with battery

For comparison, I tried loading in a few 48V 10AH lithium packs that I had on hand. Just for reference, my Ibera triangle bag could only hold one pack, and it had trouble closing. I was able to fit two of the 48V 10AH batteries into an EM3EV triangle bag, but the zipper wouldn’t close. Those same two packs fit in the Electric Rider triangle bag easily, and the bag was able to close with plenty of room for a controller and some other goodies.

two batteries in triangle bag

I could even get three packs in the Electric Rider bag, but then I had trouble closing it.

three batteries

Not for lack of trying though. A bit like battery Tetris.

three batteries second try

An ebike bag that can carry 48V 20AH isn’t bad at all – that’s about twice as much battery as most retail ebikes feature. And remember, each of those packs I used had their own Battery Management System (BMS), wiring and connectors, not to mention cell arrangement designed for a single pack. If that had been one pack instead of three, and without all the redundant components, I think 48V30AH would have fit in the Electric Rider bag easily. It certainly swallowed my big 72V battery without a problem.

72V pack in electric rider triangle frame bag

But all that space for batteries means the bag is going to get pretty heavy. Electric Rider was prepared for that though, and included nine (yes, nine!) wide velcro straps for holding the bag into the frame triangle. That sucker isn’t going anywhere.

So what does a bag like this cost? Well that’s the kicker – you’re going to have to shell out $65 to put one on your bike. Compared to the Ibera bag, that’s about 4 times the price, which might be hard to swallow for your first conversion. But when it comes to fitting the maximum amount of battery in your triangle, there aren’t many options out there that can do it besides Electric Rider’s triangle bag. And that’s when the price suddenly makes it seem so worth it. If you’re stuffing 20 AH or more of lithium in your bike’s frame triangle, you’re probably talking about a battery that is nearing $1,000 as it is. At that point, it just makes sense to protect that investment with a quality bag like this.

Want to get your own triangle bag? Head on over to Electric Rider’s website to check out their bag here.

Spot #4

hello everyone, I’m 43 6’2 big bloke,love my kit, 250 watt front hub is more like 500 watt peak bursts, stacks of torque, more like 40nm than (20), my mongoose tyax elite weighs just under 43lb, best item I’ve ever bought. Truly an awesome machine, can be pedaled with ease without power, never ran the battery dead, I known how to look after lithium cells. Awesomeness, E-Bikes for everyone.

Spot #3

I built this bike as a touring bicycle. It’s built on a Schwinn frame with 700c wheels and is for a 1,000 mile ebike touring trip that I have coming up soon.

Spot #2

I built this ebike for my wife and she absolutely loves it. The tiny Q85 250 watt motor is more than enough for her (though we don\’t have any hills around here) and gets her up to almost 20 mph. It also has a nice balance of weight with the motor up front and battery in the rear. She keeps the seat nice and low so the battery weight isn\’t up too high either. The original battery is down to about 6 AH from its original 10AH after a little over two years of use, so we\’ve got a second LiFePO4 battery for it and the ebike is still going strong. I\’ve really been surprised by what a workhorse this little ebike has turned out to be.

Spot #1

This is my daily driver which I built to be reliable but not necessarily beautiful. I started with a used Merida mountain bike with 26″ wheels. I keep the battery in a Ibera triangle frame bag to keep the mass centered. It makes a huge difference vs a rear rack mounted battery.

For an ebike that gets to 30 mph with a light tailwind and has a 20+ mile range (and has a lithium battery), it was surprisingly cheap to build. I’ve modified the stock controller by adding a Cycle Analyst connector and bumped the current up a bit from the stock 22A, though I usually limit the current on the CA to 15A, which can give me over 25 miles of range with no pedaling. All in all it’s been a very reliable bike for the last year and a half.

What Is Range Anxiety?

Bike Riding

Imagine: it’s a beautiful day, the sun is shining and you’re cruising down a wide open path on your electric bicycle. You and your ebike crest a hill and begin the descent as the whoosh of a gentle breeze rustles the leaves around you. The weather is fantastic and so you decided to take a longer scenic route on your joy ride today. The birds are singing in the trees, admiring your ebike as you cruise off towards the horizon.

Then disaster strikes! Your battery gauge flickers and then the lights abruptly go out. The battery is empty and there’s not an outlet in sight!

You gasp and awake abruptly in a cold sweat. It was a nightmare, just a dream. But a scary dream nonetheless. That fear of running out of battery before you’ve reached your destination is known as “range anxiety” and it affects thousands electric vehicle owners.

ebike charger

Range anxiety and electric bicycles

Electric bicycles have one big advantage over other electric vehicles when it comes to range anxiety: pedals. If your battery ever dies in the middle of a ride, you can always pedal to your destination. However, depending on where you are this can be easier said than done.

For many people, pedaling either isn’t an option. For others, pedaling still isn’t a very convenient option.

A lot of ebikes are heavy and use direct drive motors which can make them extra hard to pedal without any motor assistance. When I pedal my ebike with a large Nine Continent motor, I have to keep it in low gear and go slowly if I’m not using any motor assist. It’s great exercise, but if I’m on my way to work or running errands then I’m usually not in the mood for some strenuous aerobic fitness.

Electric bicycles also allow people to travel to places they normally wouldn’t think of visiting on a regular bicycle. With increased range, speed and power, ebikes open up a whole new world of possibilities. I love climbing big hills on my ebike and then flying down the other side. This often takes me to new places that I never would have seen on a regular bicycle. The problem is that running out of battery here would mean I’m far away from home and in terrain that is very unfriendly to pedaling a heavy bike.

A lot of people use their electric bicycles for errands around town. Running out of battery can be a huge inconvenience when you’re trying to get somewhere on time or have a full load of groceries.

There’s no two ways about it, range anxiety can have a big effect on people who use their ebikes regularly. But don’t worry, there are things you can do to calm yourself and better prepare both yourself and your ebike.

Beat range anxiety, know your limits

One of the most important ways to remove the worry of running out of battery is to know exactly how much battery you have left. There are many different types of battery gauges for ebikes, but the two most common ones are LED based voltage indicators and LCD screen watt meters such as the Cycle Analyst.

The LED voltage indicators are usually found integrated into throttles and they work by measuring the voltage of the battery, not the actual capacity of the battery. Voltage gives a rough indication of the battery capacity because as the battery capacity diminishes, the voltage reduces.

pedal assist and battery indicator LEDS on the throttle of an electric bicycle

However, this decrease in voltage with decrease in capacity isn’t a linear relationship, so LED battery indicators that measure pack voltage are notoriously inaccurate. At best, they give you an approximation of whether your pack is full, partially depleted or fully depleted. What they can not do is tell you exactly how much battery capacity you have left.

Wattmeters and Cycle Analysts, on the other hand, measure the exact amount of power being used at every instant and can thus tell you exactly how much energy you’ve consume from your battery, even down to two or three decimal places. These gauges are highly accurate and over time can give you a really good idea of exactly how much energy your battery can provide.

cycle analyst wattmeter ebikeschool

Ebike batteries often don’t live up to their rated capacities because ebikes usually draw higher amounts of power than the batteries are rated for. So a battery that is rated at 10AH may only put out 9AH when used on an ebike. But with a watt meter or Cycle Analyst, you can see exactly how much of that usable 9AH has already been consumed.

If you’re riding along and see that the wattmeter tells you that 4.5 AH has been used already, you know your pack is half empty. Even better, Cycle Analysts can tell you exactly how many watt-hours you use per mile or per kilometer, which tells you roughly how many miles or kilometers you have remaining if you continue with the same style of riding.

Increase range, decrease range anxiety

Another way to reduce your range anxiety is to do everything you can to maximize your range. Check out the article I wrote about small changes that can help you eek out every last mile or kilometer from your battery here.

You can also increase your effective range by keeping a charger on your bike. I recommend that ebike owners buy a second charger so they can take one with them if they know they will be on a long ride. Chargers aren’t very big and can easily be thrown in a backpack or stashed in a bike basket with little notice. You’ll be happy to have it though if you end up needing it.

onboard charger

If you commute daily to the same location, such as to work, you can also leave a second charger there. Consider a smaller, low powered charger without a fan so you can charge your battery silently under your desk.

Stay strong and defeat range anxiety

Getting rid of range anxiety is all about learning to be comfortable on your ebike. Keep the following important tips in mind:

  • Know your battery and how far it can take you
  • Use a battery indicator, preferably a Cycle Analyst
  • Use some sort of bicycle computer or watt meter to keep track of your distance
  • Charge your battery every day to make sure it’s always full when you need it

Any vehicle powered by any kind of onboard energy source will always have a range limit. As batteries grow smaller and cheaper, ebike ranges will continue to increase. In the meantime, learn to be comfortable with your ebike and you’ll enjoy many hours and miles of pleasant riding. And if the worst ever happens and you run out of battery, remember that those pedals aren’t just for keeping your feet off the ground.

photo credit 1, 2, 3

How To Install Hub Motor Washers

Hub motors often come with a pile of odd looking washers. It can be confusing to determine exactly what each is for and how to install them.

However, installing these washers properly is crucial, because failure to do so can easily lead to damaging the bicycle or the motor. If the motor were to work its way out while riding due to improper installation, you could find yourself in a very dangerous situation. But don’t worry, this can all be avoided with a little education on hub motor hardware.

Hub motor hardware

hub motor washers and axle nuts hardware

Let’s start by taking a look at the diagram above with the different types of hardware that might come with your hub motor. Every hub motor should come with a minimum of axle washers, torque washers and axle nuts. Many come with spacer washers as well.

hub motor washers and hardware installation order

Axle washers are simply flat washers with a hole either 12 or 14 mm in diameter allowing them to slip over the axle of the hub motor. These can be placed anywhere on the axle, but generally go inside of the dropout and are the first type of washer placed on the axle.

Spacer washers are thicker than standard flat axle washers, usually 2-5mm thick. They also generally have a non-uniformly circular hole, as seen in the diagram above. These can go anywhere on the hub motor axle and are used when extra space needs to be filled. The most common uses are when the dropouts are too wide and thus the spacer washer goes inside of the dropouts, or when a torque arm needs to sit further away from the dropout, and thus the spacer washer sits outside of the dropouts.

Torque washers are used either in addition to, or in place of torque arms. They have a tooth that sits down in the dropout and helps apply the torque of the motor further from the center of the axle. The further away the force from the torque is applied, the smaller the magnitude of the force. For small geared motors of 500 watts or less, torque washers are usually sufficient. For direct drive motors of 750 watts or greater, torque arms may be required depending on the bicycle’s dropout material and design.

Axle nuts go on the outside of the dropouts and are the last thing to be placed on the axle. They secure the axle in the dropouts by keeping a constant force against the bicycle. Most axle nuts should be torqued to at least 25 newton meters. If you don’t have a torque wrench, a good strong turn on a 6 inch wrench is plenty. Some hub motors can have their axle threads strip when the axle nuts are torqued over 50 newton meters. This often occurs when someone uses a long wrench and really tries to tighten down hard. The nuts should be closed tightly, but you don’t need to overly exert yourself.

Installation of hub motor washers

installing hub motor washers hardware

When you install your hub motor, start with an axle washer up against the shoulder of the hub motor’s axle. This washer will go inside the dropouts and give a larger surface than the axle’s shoulder to clamp against the inside of the dropouts. There should be an axle washer on both sides of the hub motor axle, inside the dropouts.

incorrect

Next, if the hubmotor slips into the dropouts easily and there remains extra room for the axle washers to move up and down the length of the axle, you may need to install a spacer. One or two millimeters of wiggle room is generally ok and can be removed when you tighten the axle nuts, but any more than two millimeters can cause chain or disc brake clearance problems and overly stress aluminum frames.

If you have extra room on your axle due to extra dropout width, either use a spacer washer or a torque washer on the inside of the dropout. This should take up the extra space on the axle and may even require you to spread the dropouts slightly to slide the motor axle down into the dropouts.

If you don’t have extra room on the axle, your torque washer can go on the outside of the dropouts. The important thing to note with a torque washer is that the tooth must be down in the dropout for it to work effectively. This is rarely an issue with 12 mm torque washers, but sometimes the tooth on 14 mm torque washers sits up too high. If this is the case in your setup, just take a hammer and lightly tap the tooth back down. Sometimes it helps to use the blade of a cold chisel or an old flat head screwdriver (that beat up flat head screw driver you keep around for prying things would be perfect) to transfer the force of the hammer directly to the tooth of the torque washer.

torque washers must be down in the gap to work effectively

Lastly, add your axle nuts on the outside of the dropouts as the last piece of hardware on the axle. Tighten them down securely but don’t over torque them. As mentioned above, a good strong turn on a 6 inch wrench is plenty for most hub motors.

Keep in mind that this isn’t the only correct way to order your hardware. The important points here are that there is a washer up against the hub motor axle’s shoulder inside the dropouts, that the torque washer’s tooth is in the dropout gap, and that the axle nut is closed from the outside. This could also be accomplished by placing the torque washer on the axle first with the tooth facing out, then the axle nut on the outside of the dropout. This way the torque washer acts like the first axle washer in the images above by distributing the force of the hub motor axle’s shoulder against the inside of the dropout while simultaneously working like a normal torque washer by applying the torque load further from the center of the axle. In this scenario, there would only be two pieces of hardware used: the torque washer inside the dropouts and the axle nut outside the dropouts.

Torque arms

Torque arms protect your motor and frame similar to the way torque washers do, by resisting the rotational moment about the axle. However, torque arms are much stronger than torque washers. I wrote a whole article about torque arms, so I suggest starting with that as a primer if you don’t know if you need a torque arm or not. To summarize, if your hub motor is going in an aluminum fork, aluminum dropouts and/or your hub motor is over 1,000 watts, you likely need a torque arm.

A torque arm is almost always installed outside of the dropouts and before the axle nut. It is usually connected to the either the dropouts with strong glue or bolts, or to the frame with hose clamps. Here you can see a torque arm being included on the same example bike.

torque arm hub motor washers installed

In conclusion

As you can see, installing your hub motor washers isn’t rocket science. The important factors are:

  • A washer is inside the dropouts against the shoulder of the hub motor axle
  • A torque washer is installed with the tooth inside the dropout gap
  • A torque arm prevents the axle from rotating in the dropout (optional depending on system)
  • An axle nut secures the axle from the outside

As long as those conditions are met then you should be good to go. Just remember to reinstall the washers in the correct order if you ever remove the wheel to fix a flat tire. This is especially important if you take your ebike to a local bicycle shop for a repair because most bike shops are not familiar with ebikes and might unintentionally reinstall the motor incorrectly. Always verify that your washers are correctly ordered and aligned.

photo credit 1

How To Swap An Ebike Connector

 

img_2195

Electric bicycle components such as throttles, motors and batteries usually come with some type of plastic electrical connector at the end of the wire. These connectors plug in to the ebike’s controller and make it easy to connect everything together.

In theory these connectors would also make it easy to remove a component and swap another in its place. However, due to the lack of standardization in electric bicycle connectors, odds are that any replacement part you get is going to have a different connector. When this happens, adding your new component can be frustrating.

But don’t fret! Today we’ll learn how to easily swap a connector onto any ebike component.

This tutorial assumes you have your old component with its connector, and you just want to swap the connector onto your new component so it will interface with your controller. If you are starting with a fresh, brand new connector then all you have to do is crimp on and/or solder your pins from scratch. But let’s assume we are actually moving our connector over from one component to another. In this example I’ll be using a throttle cable, but the process is identical for any component.

Note: before attempting any of the steps in this tutorial, it is imperative that you know which wires control which functions on the device you are swapping connectors. As you’ll see in the example photos below, the colors do not match up on my components so I had to ensure that I was connecting the correct wires to each other. When in doubt, consult any literature that came with your components. What’s that? 99% of ebike components come from China with no literature or instructions? Well, in that case, consult the electric bicycle forum Endless Sphere to make sure you’ve got your wires figured out. You can also check out my article on using the amazing resource that is Endless Sphere here.

Now that we’ve got that out of the way, here’s how you swap a connector:

Step 1: Cut off your old connector

Connector

Here you can see my new throttle wire on top. It comes with a white three pin connector, while my old throttle had a smaller black three pin connector, shown on bottom. The first thing to do do is cut off the old connector, as I’ve done with the black three pin connector, to prepare to swap it onto my new throttle wire.

Leave at least a couple inches of wire on your connector so you can easily solder it onto your new component’s wire. You’ll want enough room to slide heat shrink over the connection as well.

Step 2: Remove your new connector

Next, cut off your new throttle’s connector. You’ll probably want to save it in case you ever need it again. I have a box full of connectors for exactly this purpose. Whenever someone brings me a controller that needs repair or a new component they want to add, if the connectors don’t match up then I just dig through my box until I find the right one.

pile of connectors

The assorted connectors I could find currently strewn around my work bench

Step 3: Strip your wires

connector

Strip your wires about 1/8″ to 1/4″ back from the end of the wires on both your throttle wires and the connector wires.

Step 4: Tin your wires

connector

There are different schools of thought on how to accomplish this, but basically you need to coat the bare ends of the wires with solder. Generally speaking, you want to apply the tip of the soldering iron to the copper wire to begin to heat the wire. A few seconds later, apply solder to the wire directly (not to the soldering iron) until the bare end of the wire is coated with solder.

In actuality, cheap soldering irons and less than ideal conditions make this easier said than done. I’ll often take the shortcut and just simultaneous apply solder to the soldering iron tip and to the bare wire, even though this isn’t the standard soldering procedure.

It’s not really that crucial; the important part is that you just want to make sure you’ve got good solder penetration on the wire. It should look like the solder is actually being absorbed into the wire strands, not just coating the outside. If the solder seems to just bead on the outside of the wire, try bumping up the temperature on your soldering iron. You may have to hold the soldering iron onto a thicker wire longer to heat it sufficiently to absorb the solder. Even though solder melts at a relatively low temperature, the components and solder need to be about twice as hot as the melting point of the solder to actually soak in to the wire.

Step 5: Add heat shrink tubing

heat shrink tubing connector swap

Heat shrink covers and isolates electrical connections from one another and is very important for ebike connections. Do not skip this step. If you don’t have heat shrink tubing, you can get away with wrapping the connection with electrical tape, but it’s better to use real heat shrink tubing.

Cut your heat shrink into sections about an inch in length and slide it over the wires on whichever side has longer individual wires. Make sure that the heat shrink is far enough away from the actual bare wire you will soldering as to not get heated by the soldering iron. I’ve prematurely closed way more heat shrink tubes than I can count in close-quarter soldering.

Step 6: Make your connections

soldering new connector

Now that you’ve got your heat shrink tubes in place, you’re ready to start making your solder connections. If you did Step 4 correctly then you should already have a nice solder-infused tip on both wires.

To join the two wires, simply align one next to the other with the length of the bare wire overlapping (not aligned tip to tip) and apply the soldering iron to both wires simultaneously. The solder will melt and join the two wires together.

Leave the soldering iron in place for an additional second or two after the solder melts to ensure a good fusing of the two wires with wet solder, then remove the soldering iron. Allow the joint to cool before you move it so you don’t end up breaking the joint prematurely. This is where a Helping Hands device can really come in handy to hold your wires for you and leave your hands free for the soldering.

Step 7: Sealing the heat shrink

heat shrink connector

Once your connections are securely made, you’ll need to slide the heat shrink into place and seal it with a heat gun. Don’t try to use a hair dryer; you need an actual heat gun. If you don’t have one, you can pick up a very inexpensive, light duty heat gun which will be good for other projects like this in the future. It’s a tool that you’ll be glad to have. You don’t need an industrial quality heat gun, and having even a cheap heat gun around for sporadic use can be very helpful.

Some people use a lighter for this step. I’m a little bit ashamed to say that I have in fact used a lighter to seal heat shrink on more than one occasion. It does work, but it’s really not recommended and you have to be extremely careful not to destroy the heat shrink or your wire’s insulation. You’ll also never get as good or uniform of a seal as if you had used an actual heat gun. Save the lighter for emergency situations.

heat gun heat shrink connector

And that’s it!

After you’ve sealed your heat shrink then you’re essentially finished. Sometimes I’ll slide a larger piece of heat shrink over the entire outer wire to seal all the wires together and make the finished job look neater, but that’s just an optional step. You can also use spiral wire wrap to make the work look nicer as well, but again that’s strictly optional. As long as you’ve correctly matched up your wires, soldered them well and covered them with heat shrink then you’re ready to connect your device and get back on your ebike.

photo credit 1

Choosing The Right Tire For Your Electric Bicycle

electric bicycle tires

Tire choice makes a big impact on how your electric bicycle handles and rides. Speed, range, suspension and maneuverability are all highly effected by different types of bicycle tires.

Choosing the right tire is even more important on an electric bicycle because ebikes spend a lot more time riding at higher speeds than a standard bicycle.

A good electric bicycle tire can also help you avoid flat tires, which is even more important because changing a flat tire on a hub motor wheel can be a real pain in the behind.

Match your terrain

electric bicycle tires

When choosing the right tire for your electric bicycle, the first thing you’ll want to consider is the type of terrain you’ll be riding on, specifically if it’s on-road or off-road.

Most people ride their ebikes on hard surfaces like asphalt or concrete. This type of riding requires a smoother tread meant for those hard, flat surfaces. Commuter style tires are best for this type of riding.

Commuter tires have flat, smooth tread patterns with just enough all-weather tread to allow for safe riding in wet conditions. As opposed to commuter tires, super skinny road tires can often be entirely slick and aren’t great for wet conditions due to their higher potential for slipping. Instead, look for a nice commuter tire with a balance between slick tread and grooves for water dispersion.

On the other hand, anyone who does the majority of their riding off-road on surfaces like dirt, sand and grass will want a knobby tire with an aggressive tread for grabbing the earth and achieving maximum traction in less forgiving environments.

BMX tires generally have a light tread pattern which can be good for packed dirt. However, if you do serious trail riding you’ll want something closer to a downhill tire for extreme grip.

Size matters

The next consideration is tire size. Your tires are measured in two ways. A standard 26 x 1.95 tire is approximately 26″ in diameter and has a width of approximately 1.95″. Generally speaking, a wider tire will give you more cushion and act like additional suspension for your bike. A 26 x 2.5 tire will feel a lot nicer than the 26 x 1.95 tire when you hit bumps or pot holes.

The downside to wider tires is that they can reduce your speed and range. That’s why road tires are so narrow. The narrower the tire and smaller the contact patch, the faster and more efficient the tire will be.

Even with wide tires though you can still increase your range by keeping your tire pressure higher. This reduces the contact patch and increases your efficiency. If your pressure is too high though it can actually have a detrimental effect on your ride, causing bumps to feel more jarring.

On my personal ebikes I usually like to go with as wide a tire as possible, usually up to about 2.5 inches, and keep the pressure pretty high. Any wider than 2.5 inches and you are officially in the balloon tire realm. “Fat bikes” often use balloon tires which give better traction and ride, but cut down on efficiency. Everything is a trade-off!

fat bike

Popular electric bicycle tires

I’ve tried a number of brands and types of tires over the years and have narrowed down my choices to a few of my favorites. At this point I really only buy tires for my electric bicycles from two brands, Schwalbe and Maxxis. Of the two, Schwalbe tires are considered to be higher quality, but I’ve been very pleased with all my Maxxis tires and they are usually 20-30% cheaper than most Schwalbe tires as well.

My favorite all around tire is the Maxxis Hookworm. It’s a nice big 26 x 2.5 tire (or the smaller 20 x 1.95 which is still great). These tires are perfect for street use with their flat tread and grippy rubber. They’re also rated up to 110 PSI so you can really pump them up high for improved speed and range. Not bad for an under $40 tire.

electric bicycle tires

If you want to stick with Maxxis but need a tire more suited for off-roading, check out the Holy Roller. This is a funny looking tread that actually works great as both a street tire and an off road tire. You can get it in both a 26 x 2.2 and 26 x 2.4 depending on just how big you want to go.

If your electric bike is a dedicated, offroad-only ebike then the Holly Roller might not be aggressive enough for you to dig into the dirt and mud all day. If you only do occasional off-roading though, this tire can handle some decently tough conditions while still performing well on the street, making it a great compromise. And for just $35 a tire it won’t break the bank either compared to dedicated off road tires.

holly roller3

If you want some dedicated off-road capable tires, the Maxxis High Roller will deliver. These tires feature a very aggressive tread that will grip anything you throw at it. From mud to gravel to sand, these High Rollers can power you up, over and through nearly any terrain.

They’ll work on the street too, but your ride experience will suffer almost as much as your range. Keep these tires on the dirt where they belong. You can pick them up on Amazon for $47 a piece.

electric bicycle tires

Schwalbe also has some excellent offerings that make perfect electric bicycle tires. A very popular tire among ebike riders is the Schwalbe Big Apple. What I love about this tire is that it’s both big and fast. The rubber lasts a seriously long time which makes it perfect for ebike use since ebikes are often putting on a lot more miles than standard bikes.

The tread design on the Big Apple’s give them super speed and efficiency while the double nylon protection layer construction provides excellent puncture resistance. This is just an all around great tire. They’re also very affordable as far as Schwalbe tires go, coming in at around $42 on Amazon.

electric bicycle tire

And now I’ve saved the best for last: Schwalbe Marathon Plus tires. These are one of the fastest, most efficient and best quality tires you could put on your ebike. You’ll sacrifice a little bit of comfort due to the narrower 26 x 1.75 size, but the increase in speed and range will be well worth it.

Depending on your current ebike setup, you could gain another 1-2 mph just by switching to these tires. A buddy of mine swapped his knobby tires for these Marathon Plus tires and he gained over 4 mph to his top speed!

These tires also have an extra thick protective strip running down the center of the tire where you’re mostly likely to pick up punctures from road debris. If you can swing the $48 per tire for these bad boys, do it. You won’t regret it.

electric bicycle tires

 

You can also pick up the next model down from the Marathon Plus, which is just the Schwalbe Marathon (no plus) and save about $10 per tire that way. The normal Marathons are also great tires, and I recommend them as well.

Electric bicycle tires: a personal choice

Choosing a tire is all about what you need most for your ebike. You’ll need to look at your own ebike needs and ask yourself a number of questions.

Are you looking to pick up speed and increase your range?

Do you want to tear it up on the dirt?

Are you looking for an economical tire, or are you willing to spend a couple extra bucks for higher quality tires that will last longer and better protect against flat tires?

The answers to these questions will lead you to the right tire for you. In the end though, the best tire is the one that gets you out on the road!

photo credits 1, 2, 3

How To Use Spiral Wire Wrap To Beautify Your Wiring

spiral wire wrap

Ebikes are sexy. There, I said it. But sometimes a rat’s nest of wiring can de-sexy an otherwise beautiful electric bicycle. Let’s look at how a cheap and easy solution can go a long way to cleaning up your ebike’s appearance.

Spiral wire wrap is, as you might have guessed by the name, a plastic spiral that you use to wrap around wires. It’s used in all sorts of electronics where many wires can start to get tangled and turn into an ugly mess. This normally means computer networks, communication lines and other equipment with cumbersome amounts of wire, but the same spiral wire wrap works equally well on your ebike.

electric bicycle ebike spiral wire wrap

The biggest offender of nasty wiring on an electric bicycle is usually up in front of the handlebars. This is where you’ve probably already got two brake cables and one or two shifter cables. Add to the mix all the wires going to things like throttles, displays, headlights, horns, switches, USB chargers, etc and you can easily have a half dozen or more wires snaking around.

Sure, you could slap a few cable ties on the wires to hold them together, but this has a couple of disadvantages. First of all, cable ties add a lot of stress to wires both by squeezing them in their insulation and by limiting their range of movement. Turning the handlebars while the wires are squeezed tightly to each other and the frame puts undue stress on them. Secondly, a wiring harness covered in cable ties just screams “amateur”.

The solution? Spiral wire wrap.

spiral wire wrap

By wrapping your wires in spiral wire wrap you not only bring your wires together in one package for a nice sleek look but you also allow for a little bit of freedom of movement as well. The individual wires aren’t fixed to each other so they are free to move slightly within the spiral wire wrap and relieve tension.

Depending on the ebike and the circumstances, I often end up using a combination of cable ties and spiral wire wrap. I start by spiral wrapping everything first to ensure my cables are the correct length and everything has enough freedom to move. Then I lightly connect the spiral wrapped wire bundles to the frame with cable ties to keep everything tucked up neatly and out of the way.

Unfortunately spiral wire wrap can be pretty annoying to use, especially when you are working with a long piece. Each turn of the wrap requires you to pull the entire length of the unused wrap around the wires, which can get pretty tiring. One shortcut is to spin the wire wrap onto the wires, which usually works for the first six to twelve inches, depending on how many wires you’re wrapping. In the end though, this is a tedious process but well worth the results.

Spiral wire wrap also comes in pretty much any color which lets you match it to your bike. Heck, you can even find glow in the dark spiral wire wrap! Personally though, I find the colored varieties can be a bit to showy for me. I almost always stick to plain black wire wrap. It blends in nicely with the black cables and wires, and gives the most professional look possible.

spiral wire wrap

You can get spiral wrap from a number of places. I usually get 8mm spiral wrap from Amazon, where you can pick up a 33 ft roll for less than $10. That’s enough to do a handful of bikes!

 

photo credit 1, 2, 3

How To Add Tire Sealant

joe's tire sealant

If you’ve been looking around EbikeSchool.com for long, you’ll see that I’ve written a lot about flat tires. Flats are the easiest way to ruin your day on an electric bicycle, so I’m all about trying to minimize my chance for flat tires. I’ve written before about tips for avoiding flat tires, one of which includes using a tire sealant. I’ve also reviewed three different tire and tube sealants. Today though I’m going to take it one step further and show you how to add tire sealant to your bicycle tires.

My favorite sealant is Joe’s Super Sealant, though these steps will all work for any sealant you want to use. To add tire sealant to your inner tubes you’re going to a few things prepared in advance:

  • Your tire sealant of choice
  • A Schrader valve removal tool
  • Easy access to your valve (I like to remove the tube)
  • A rag for cleanup (things can get messy quickly)
  • Bicycle tire levers (optional – only if you want to remove the tube)

Step one: Access your valve

joe's tire sealant

I prefer to pop the tire off one side of the rim and pull the tube out enough to get at the valve. This just makes it easier for me to manipulate the valve and end up spilling less of the sealant. This is especially helpful when you are working on a small wheel, 20″ or smaller, because the short, crowded spokes don’t give you a lot of wiggle room.

Removing the tube isn’t always necessary though. You can leave your tire on if you’d like. It’s really just a matter of personal preference. Some tire sealants come with a flexible straw or rubber hose that you can use instead of putting the hard plastic spout directly into the valve. Green Slime is one of those sealants that usually has a tube included. For those sealants I leave the tire on since the plastic tube gives me all the flexibility I need.

Step two: remove the valve core

tire sealant 3

To remove the valve core you’ll need a schrader valve tool like mine above. Green Slime kits usually have the tool molded into the black cap on the tube. For most other sealants you’re on your own to provide the tool. Remove the dust cap from the valve and insert the valve tool into the end of the valve. Slowly turn the tool until you feel the teeth slip into the recesses in the valve core. Now turn the tool counter-clockwise until the valve core slides free of the internal threads in the valve stem.

joe's tire sealant

Step three: add tire sealant

This part is pretty straightforward. Now you simply squeeze your tire sealant into the empty valve stem. A few tricks I’ve learned along the years have made this process easier and less messy:

  • Removing the tube from the tire, or doing this step before you install a new tube, means you can hold the valve in your hand and ensure a good seal during filling. This keeps any tire sealant from leaking out the sides.
  • If you do this step while the tube is in a wheel and installed in a bicycle, rotate the wheel so the valve isn’t on the very bottom. Even just rotating the wheel so the valve is a few inches to the right or left of the bottom can help. The issue is that the weight of the bike can compress the tube and cause a blockage. Worst case scenario with a blockage: the tire sealant shoots back out and covers you in gluey mess.
  • Save the rubber hose from a tire sealant such as Green Slime to use in the future with any other sealant. In my set of tools I keep a piece of rubber hose just large enough to slip over the end of the valve stem.
  • Once you get the tire sealant flowing, don’t stop until you’re done. Glue-type sealants such as Joe’s and Stan’s can actually seal while still in the nozzle on occasion. This can make for an annoying stop-and-go filling experience as you keep pausing to open up the hole again. Avoid this by keep filling once you’ve got the flow going.
  • Keep a rag around and don’t do this indoors unless you’ve laid down a towel or newspaper first. Things can get messy…

joe's tire sealant

Step four: close everything back up

Once you’ve got all your tire sealant in the tube, go ahead and wipe up any spills and replace the valve core. Just slide the valve core back inside the valve stem and then tighten it with the valve tool by turning clockwise. You don’t need to go all muscle-man on it, just a nice snug fit will do.

joe's tire sealant

And that’s it! Adding tire sealant is a really simple way to give yourself the best chance of avoiding a flat tire. It only takes a couple of minutes to install the sealant and the hours on the side of the road it will save you are definitely worth it!

Review: INNOVA Digital MultiMeter

Innova 3200 digital multimeter

If you plan on doing any work on your electric bicycle yourself then you’re going to need a few tools. One of the most important ebike related tools to add to your shelf is a digital multimeter. You can use a multimeter for all kinds of tests and diagnostics on your ebike. For my bikes, the multimeter I use more than any other is the INNOVA 3320.

The INNOVA 3320 digital multimeter retails for $35, but I picked mine up on sale for less than $20. It’s been perhaps one of the best under $20 ebike purchases I’ve made in a long time.

Full of functions

INNOVA 3200 digital multimeter

Right off the bat you’ll see you’ve got all your main functions for measuring voltage (AC and DC), current (AC/DC up to 200mA fused, DC up to 10A unfused), resistance, continuity, diodes, etc. These functions are also auto ranging you don’t have to worry about selecting the right voltage setting (forget the old 2V, 20V, 200V settings). Just choose your function, connect the probes and let the multimeter do the rest.

Each function is also color-coded to show you where the plugs need to be at the bottom. Beginners should find this helpful. You pretty much only need to move the red probe over to the left side socket when you’re measuring large current loads up to 10 amps. Protip: remember to move the red probe back to the right side socket before checking your battery voltage. I vaporized the metal tip on another multimeter once by making that mistake.

innova 3320 digital multimeter

A neat feature of the INNOVA 3320 digital multimeter is the battery load test. Connect batteries such as AA’s, AAA’s, C’s, D’s, 6V’s, 9V’s, etc and the load test will determine if the battery holds up during use. The color coded LEDs indicate whether the battery is new, used but still working or in need of replacement. This will obviously be more helpful around the house than on your ebike, but it’s still a nice feature to have.

Feature packed

innova 3320 digital multimeter screen

One of the advantages of this multimeter is the giant screen. This extra large display makes it easy to read all the numbers and symbols even when you’re inevitably cramped in a tough position or trying to do some troubleshooting under poor lighting. I’ve found myself in both of those situations more than once and the generous display on this multimeter has been a huge help in an otherwise frustrating scenario.

The multimeter also comes with impact resistant rubber bumpers for when you eventually drop it. Mine hasn’t taken a tumble yet so I can’t speak to how well they work, but as crowded as my work table gets I’m sure I’ll be able to report back soon on that note. Additionally, integrated into the rubber bumpers are molded holders for the probes. Not a groundbreaking feature, but they certainly help keep cable mess under control.

INNOVA 3320 digital Multimeter

Most multimeters come with an auto-off feature and this one is no exception. It sure beats grabbing your multimeter when you need it most only to realize the battery is dead because you failed to turn it off last time.

Watch out for the auto-off

There is one disadvantage of this multimeter that has always bothered me. It’s admittedly a small thing, but the auto-off feature is accompanied by a surprisingly loud high pitched succession of five beeps. That’s not a problem per se, except that it has a nasty habit of sneaking up on you during tense situations.

Imagine, you’ve got the guts of your ebike hanging out; high voltage wires and connectors are hanging everywhere. You’re diligently moving from one connection to the next, testing and checking. A bead of sweat forms on your brow and the tension builds as you move from wire to wire, searching for the problem and trying to avoid creating another. The silence is deafening. You reach for the live battery positive cable while simultaneously trying to keep wide berth of anything grounded. Just as you touch the bare connec-BEEEEP!BEEEEP!BEEEEP!BEEEEP!BEEEEP!      

 [multimeter off]

It’s happened to me at least a dozen times and you’d think I’d be used to it. Each time though there’s that split second where in the tension-filled moment the multimeter shrieks as it automatically turns off. For that fraction of a second my heart pauses and my brain races to check everything that just happened and make sure I’m not about to witness an explosion or see a few hundred dollars vaporize before my eyes. But then I quickly return to the real world, chuckle at my skittishness, and return to the task at hand. Even so, I could do without the auto-off BEEEEEEP.

Hands free has never felt so good

innova 3320 digital multimeter

A nifty feature that makes this multimeter so easy to work with is the dual rear stand/bungee cord. Most multimeters will come with a little kickstand, so that’s nothing to write home about, but the bungee is a nice addition. When you’re measuring things on your ebike you’re often force to use two hands just to hold the probes in place. Finding a place where you can put the multimeter and still see it can be a challenge. Between the large screen and the rear bungee cord, I can always find somewhere to place or hang the multimeter in plain view.

innova 3320 digital multimeter

In conclusion…

For me, usability is one of the most important aspects of a multimeter. It could have all the features in the world, but if I can’t find a comfortable way to use it, a multimeter is just a hunk of plastic and copper.  In my opinion, the INNOVA 3320 digital multimeter is a great combination of functionality and features. And for just $20, it’s a deal that’s hard to beat.

button multimeter innova 3320

Review: Anti-Flat Bicycle Tire Sealants

bicycle tire sealant

Flat tires are the best way to ruin your day. I’ve written an article on six ways to avoid flat tires, and one of the best methods included the article is to use a bicycle tire sealant.

Bicycle tire sealants are basically a set it and forget it solution to flat tires on your bike. You simply fill the tube with a measured amount of sealant, re-inflate it and move on. The sealant automatically spreads out inside the tube to coat the entire outer surface. If (or more likely when) something punctures the tire and tube, the sealant is forced into the hole and plugs it, keeping any more air from escaping.

Well, that’s how it works in theory. It’s not a 100% perfect system, but I’ve still found it to be highly effective at preventing flat tires.

I’ve used a number of different brands of bicycle tire sealants over the years. Each one has its own way of working and can be better in some situations more than others. Here I will review three of my favorite bicycle tire sealants so you can see how they might be appropriate for your own electric bicycle.

Bicycle tire sealant: Green Slime

green slime bicycle tire sealant

Green Slime is perhaps the most famous tire sealant. It’s not just meant for bicycles either; lots of people use it in everything from cars to trailers to ATVS. It’s a great all-around tire sealant and works wonders on bicycle tubes.

Green Slime is a fibrous type of sealant, meaning its got lots of little fibers suspended in solution. The appearance is, well, like what you’d imagine a product called Green Slime to look like. Most bottles come with a valve removal tool in the cap to make installation easy. You simply use the cap to unscrew the valve from inside the valve stem of your bicycle tube, squirt in a liberal amount of slime, then insert and close the valve with the supplied tool again. This can be done either while the tube is installed in the bicycle or before you even use the tube while its still outside of the bike.

I’ve found Green Slime to be a better bicycle tire sealant for punctures made by odd shaped objects like screws or wood splinters. Basically anything that makes a jagged hole has been fairly well sealed by Green Slime in my opinion. I’m not positive, but I think the fibrous nature of Green Slime helps it seal nonuniform shaped holes better than some of the other products out there.

green slime bicycle tire sealant

The downside of Green Slime is that it isn’t a very long term fix. From my experience I’ve found that while Green Slime will usually plug a hole, it will last a matter of days, not weeks or months. Green Slime makes more of a physical barrier when it plugs a hole, unlike some of the other bicycle tire sealants we will cover next. For this reason, Green Slime is more of a temporary solution. When you notice you’ve got a little Green Slime on your tire and see a screw hanging out, it’s time to head for your garage or local bicycle shop. The Green Slime will likely hold for a while to get you back safely, but it’s not meant to be able to drive around on continuously.

Bicycle Tire Sealant: Joe’s Super Sealant

Joe’s super sealant is installed in a similar way to Green Slime, but usually doesn’t come with the installation tool needed to remove the valve from the valve stem. You’re on your own there.

Joe’s super sealant is also a fundamentally different type of sealant. While Green Slime is a more fibrous sealant which forms a temporary physical blockage, Joes tire sealant is more a rubbery glue-like material. When exposed to air, it hardens into this nasty, sticky compound that is perfect for sealing holes in bicycle tubes (but a pain to remove when you get it all over your hands).

For this reason, Joe’s tire sealant is better at sealing smaller, more uniform holes. Larger jagged holes are tough to seal because of the large surface area involved, but smaller and more uniform punctures are easily filled with glue and sealed.

joes super sealant bicycle tire sealant

In my experience, I’ve found that Joe’s super sealant can be a longer term fix than Green Slime. I once had a thumb tack puncture my tire and the hole was instantly sealed by the Joe’s tire sealant. I was busy at the time and kept putting off replacing the tube. Days turned into weeks and I was surprised to see the seal was still holding up fine. I decided to see how long the fix would last. It wasn’t until 8 months when I slipped on wet pavement and went skidding along the ground that the repair finally gave way. The force of the crash caused the tack to shoot out of the tire and a good amount of the Joe’s super sealant came with. Even so, the leak was slow enough that I still was able to ride the 4 miles back to home while slowly bleeding air pressure. At that point though the Joe’s super sealant was well over a year old, and they do recommend replacing the sealant when it ages. Adding more every 6 months is a good ballpark.

Bicycle Tire Sealant: Stan’s NoTubes Tire Sealant

stan's no tubes bicycle tire sealant

Stan’s NoTubes Tire Sealant is similar to Joe’s Tire Sealant, though it is meant for tubeless bicycle tires. Tubeless tires, like the name implies, don’t have an inner tube. Instead, the bicycle rim is sealed and the tire seals with the bead against the rim, similar to a car tire.

Stan’s sealant is fundamentally similar to Joe’s sealant. They are both a glue-type of sealant that fills holes and dries to seal the hole while preventing air from escaping. Check out this promotional video – it’s hard to believe this is even real!

Just like Joe’s, you’ll want to make sure you top off your tires occasionally to keep the sealant from drying inside. Every six months is a good figure to use.

Even though Stan’s NoTubes Tire Sealant is designed for tubeless tire systems, you can use it in an inner tube just as well, and it will have the same sealing effect.

Bicycle tire sealants: the verdict

Bicycle tire sealants are a must-have for anyone who hates dealing with flat tires, which basically means everyone. All three of the tire sealant systems covered above work great, but I’m partial to Joe’s myself, mostly because I’ve used it the most and thus had the most experience with how well it works.

All three of these will be great for you though and help you get home even after a big puncture in the middle of a ride. Green Slime is more of a temporary solution, while Joe’s and Stan’s can be more permanent fixes. I’ve even used tire sealants to fix a flat tire before in a pinch when I didn’t want to through the whole process of removing the wheel and changing the tube. If you didn’t have a tire sealant in the tube to begin with, just pump some sealant in there after you’ve got a flat, re-inflate, and there’s a good chance your flat will be fixed.

Like I said before, nothing is 100%, but this is about the best you can get without going with fancy foam tires or other new methods to completely remove the chances of flats.

bicycle tire sealant

bicycle tire sealant

bicycle tire seleant

photo credit 1, 2, 3

Review: Ibera Triangle Bicycle Frame Bags

 

ibera bag

Mounting batteries on an electric bicycle is one of the most important steps of a DIY electric bicycle conversion. The placement of the batteries has a huge impact on the handling of the ebike. The closer to the center of the bicycle you can put your batteries, the better. This usually means some type of frame bag or custom ebike battery box installed in the center triangle of the bicycle frame. And this is where the Ibera triangle bicycle frame bag proves to be a great choice for mounting electric bicycle batteries.

[Updated: I got the chance to review another awesome triangle bag, the Electric Rider bag which you can read about here.]

The Ibera triangle frame bag is incredibly roomy, meaning you can fit a lot of lithium inside. When it comes to increasing your ebike’s range, the more battery you can hold the farther you can go. The Ibera bag makes carrying different sizes and styles of battery easy due to its flexible shape. The cloth material of the bag can conform to the shape of the battery, allowing even large, square batteries to fit easily in the triangle shape.

Check out this video of a large, 48V 10AH Ping battery which fits inside of the Ibera bag:


The Ibera triangle bag itself is made of durable 420D nylon, which gives it good abrasion resistance. If your battery has really sharp corners then over time this could start to wear away at the bag, but most batteries have padded, fairly rounded edges which would prove to be no problem at all.

The fact that the bag is suspended from the bicycle frame means that your battery is also getting some form of shock absorption. Batteries that are hard mounted to frame end up experience lots of vibration and cyclic loading which can shake loose connectors over time. A suspended battery only experiences a fraction of the loading from bumps and vibration.

ibera bag

One other aspect of the Ibera bag that I love is that it has two compartments. The large main compartment is what I use for the batteries, obviously, but the second side compartment is a great place to hide all of your ugly wires, especially if you want to keep your controller in the bag as well.

The Ibera triangle bag comes in two sizes, medium and large. Both have three velcro straps that I have found to be great quality and have stood up to about two years of use so far on my ebikes. The large size bag is the one I use for all of my batteries. The medium size bag would probably work for 24V batteries and for a few RC lipo bricks, but its too small for most 36V and 48V packs. It would make a great controller bag though and help hide that ugly controller and wiring if you are trying to make a stealthy electric bicycle that appears to be a regular bicycle to most people.

ibera bag

The Ibera triangle frame bag verdict

All in all I love these bags and I continue to use them on nearly all of the ebikes I build with center-mounted batteries. The bags are high quality and have proven to stand up over time. The price on Amazon seems to vary between $15-$17 depending on the time of year, but even at the high end it’s still a great deal. I give these frame bags two thumbs up. If you’ve got your ebike battery mounted on a rear rack, try moving it into a frame bag like this one and you’ll be amazed at how much better your ebike feels!

Update: November, 2014 – The large size bags are currently on sale on Amazon for just $11.99, the best price I’ve ever seen them! I don’t know how long this price will last though.

ibera bag

photo credit 1

Review: MagicShine (& Knock-off!) Bicycle Headlight

magicshine

When it comes to electric bicycle safety, a good headlight is king. Any night time riding requires that drivers can see you and that you can see hazards in the road.

Bicycle lights can be lumped into two main categories: lights that are meant to help you see, and lights that meant to help you be seen. The “be seen” lights are the little, blinking AAA-powered lights that screw onto your handlebars. It’s important to have at least one of these so you are always visible to other cars. But if you want to actually see whats on the road ahead of you, something stronger is required.

Enter the MagicShine bicycle light!

The MagicShine is my favorite bicycle light for seeing what’s on the road ahead of you. Its powerful 1,000 lumen CREE LED provides seriously high powered light that turns a dark path into a bright swath of light. It’s so powerful that the whole unit actually heats up while operating, but the finned Aluminum shell helps keep things cool while you’re riding.

The MagicShine is powered by it’s own lithium pack that is easily removed from the bike for recharging via a standard wall outlet. The pack is 8.4V, so if you have an adjustable DC-DC converter on your electric bicycle then you can actually run the MagicShine right off of your main ebike battery pack. Either way, the Magicshine provides unparalleled power and ease of use.

It takes up the same amount of space on your handlebars as the little AAA lights, but can easily be seen from hundreds of meters away. The button on the rear of the MagicShine cycles through different power settings. I like to keep the power turned down when I’m riding on sidewalks at night. This keeps me from blinding all the pedestrians around me. As soon as I’m back on the road though, I can easily bump the power back up to full and light up the road ahead of me.

You’ve got options!

A genuine MagicShine retails for $120, but you can get it for $75 on Amazon here. But thanks to the world we live in (and to China) you can get a knockoff MagicShine also on Amazon for just $19! At first I was skeptical of the knockoffs and was loyal only to the real MagicShines. However, I finally tried one of the knockoffs and I have to say I was blown away at how well it worked for the price.

Now to get the disadvantages out of the way immediately, I did notice that the surface finish isn’t as nice, the lens looks visibly cheaper,  it only has two power levels instead of three and the battery doesn’t seem to last as long as the real MagicShine. But other than that it works basically the same and the light power seems nearly identical. It’s still super bright and easily lights up the road. It connects easily and securely to my handlebars and has never given me an issue.

magicshine comparison

I’ve since used three of these knockoff MagicShines and I’ve never had one fail on me after over a year of repeated use. The biggest complaint I have is that the battery only seems to last for about two hours at the highest power level. For me, the $50 price difference easily makes up for having to charge it about twice as much.

Broaden your (and your light’s) focus

The MagicShine and knockoff MagicShine are both super powerful lights, but one downside is that the light is focused in a very narrow beam. This would be great for a flashlight or headlamp, but on a bicycle headlight you ideally want the light to be spread out across the road in front of you.

magic shine wide angle lens

The good news is that there is an aftermarket replacement wide angle lens for the MagicShine that also fits the knockoff Magicshine and is designed to spread the light out  in a wider strip. It works incredibly well, just check out the demonstration below.

The only problem is that sometimes the lens would begin to spin on me just a bit, and my strip of light would start angling instead of staying horizontal across the road. I fixed this with a drop of super glue to keep the lens from spinning in its holder.

I forgot to mention the best part about the wide angle lens: it’s only $5! So for less than $25 you can have a super powerful ebike headlight that spreads light clear across the road in front of you. This not only helps you be seen by cars from a distance, but it lights up everything around you and helps you see obstacles and hazards long before they would pose a problem to you.

magic shine wide angle lens upgrade

The MagicShine verdict

The knockoff MagicShine has become my ebike light of choice and the one I recommend to everyone. If you want even better quality you can upgrade to the real MagicShine and you won’t be disappointed. But if you want to save money and still get great value, it’s knockoff MagicShine all the way!

magicshine real

magicshine

magicshine wide angle lens

photo credit 1

How To Add A Cycle Analyst Connector To A Controller

cycle analyst connector

Cycle Analysts are great tools for measuring all the important parameters on your ebike. If you don’t already know why a wattmeter like the Cycle Analyst can be so helpful, check out this article.

There are actually two main types of Cycle Analysts available, one for controllers with a Cycle Analyst connector (called the direct plug-in Cycle Analyst, or CA-DP) and one for controllers without a Cycle Analyst connector (called the standalone Cycle Analyst, or CA-SA). You can read about them both here.

Many controllers are available with Cycle Analysts connectors already installed. This makes it easy to simply plug in your direct plug-in Cycle Analyst and start enjoying all of its benefits. If your controller didn’t come with a Cycle Analyst connector though, you’re left with only two options: use a standalone Cycle Analyst or add a cycle analyst connector to your controller. The standalone Cycle Analyst works fine, but the only downside is that you don’t get any of the limiting features such as speed or current limiting, and you need to add a speedometer attachment if you want to measure things like speed and distance.

Here I’ll show you how to add your own Cycle Analyst connector to your controller so that you can make use of all the features available on your Cycle Analyst while using any controller you want.

Tools of the trade

Before we begin, make sure you have everything required for this project. The tools you need include:

  • Soldering iron
  • Solder (I use 60/40 rosin core solder)
  • Screwdriver to open your controller
  • Crimping tool or needle nose pliers (I use pliers)
  • 6 different colored wires, 28 awg or larger (here’s what I used)
  • JST-SM female plug (I bought 10 pairs for $7.50 on ebay)
  • One 1,000 Ohm resistor (only required for version 2.3 and lower Cycle Analysts)

Step 1: Open the controller

SAFETY WARNING: Be sure that your controller is not connected to a power source at any time during this project. If powered up, you can easily short it by touching contacts on the bottom of the board. Remove your controller from its power source before undertaking any steps in this tutorial. Open up your controller and slide out the board.

Ok, now let’s get back to it. Open your controller on the end with the wires. You’ll likely have four screws, one in each corner. You’ll also likely have a number of bolts along the side of the controller connected to the heatsink. Unscrew all of those bolts. Make sure you put all the little screws, bolts and washers somewhere so they don’t get lost.

adding cycle analyst connector

Next, slide the controller’s board out of the case. The wires and cover plate will stay connected, that’s just fine.

Now that we’ve got the board out, we can start locating the six points where we’ll be soldering our wires.

Step 2: Hunt around for the pin locations

There are six locations we need to find on the board. Each one will be soldered to its own wire and fed outside the controller. The six locations which correspond to the six pins in the Cycle Analyst connector are:

  1. Battery positive (or ignition wire if your controller has one)
  2. Battery negative (ground)
  3. Shunt negative
  4. Shunt positive
  5. Hall sensor signal
  6. Throttle signal wire

To find these locations, see the photos below of my controller. Your controller will be similar looking, though the individual locations of each component will be slightly different.

The battery positive and negative locations should be easy to find by following the thick red and black wires from the discharge connector outside of the controller. In my controller there are two empty solder through holes next to each point on the board. This will make it easy for us to add our wires.

adding cycle analyst connector

Next we are going to look for our shunt. The shunt should look like one or more bars of solder that stretch across the board. Sometimes they are short, sometimes they are tall. Sometimes it’s just one bar, sometimes it’s three or more. In my controller I see the shunt is two bars right near the end of the board.

Looking carefully, you can determine which end of the shunt is positive and which is negative. The negative end will share a connection with the negative side of the battery (the thick black wire). On my board this is very easy to see because they are located right next to each other. That means the far end has to be the positive side of the shunt.

adding cycle analyst connector

Next we need to find our hall sensor wires. The Cycle Analyst has to tap into one of the hall sensor wires in order to measure the speed of the motor and thus calculate the speed of the ebike. It doesn’t matter which of the three hall sensor wires you end up using, blue, green or yellow will work all the same.

On my controller the hall sensor wires are a bit congested, but I can find them by following the wires back from the hall sensor connector on the outside of the controller. When in doubt, lightly tug on one wire outside the controller’s front plate and watch which wire moves near the board. Double check to make sure you’re working in the right location. You should have five wires all in a row: red, black, blue, green and yellow (though not necessarily in that order.)

adding Cycle analyst connector to hall sensor wires

The last location we need to find is the throttle signal wire. The Chinese still haven’t agree on a standard for this, so it could be white, green, yellow, blue or pretty much any color. The easiest way to find it is to follow the wires from your throttle back to the board.

adding cycle analyst connector throttle wires

As you can tell, the throttle wires are pretty hard to see. The black and green wires are visible, and the red wire is hiding in back. They’re surrounded by all the other wires in this corner of the board and are really hard to get to. Let’s take a look at the other side of the board to make things a bit clearer.

adding cycle analyst connector throttle wires underside

Now we can see things much better. The three throttle wire pads are clearly visible at the edge of the board. The top pad is the positive line which delivers 4.3V to the throttle, the middle pad is the signal line and the lower pad is the ground line. The signal pad in the middle is the one we want.

Now we’ve located all six pads on the board that will be important to us. Let’s move on to the next step.

Step 3: Run your wires

This can technically be done after you’ve soldered everything up, but I prefer to do it first. This allows me to be sure that my wires will fit and that I won’t stress the solder connections by poking around too much after I’m done.

On my controller I was lucky enough to have a few extra holes in the silicone water barrier. I was abled to easily slide my wires through these holes and pull enough wire to reach each pad. If your controller doesn’t have enough space for your 6 wires, you might need to poke a few more holes in the silicone or drill a hole in the plate. Be very careful drilling holes, and of course only do this with the plate removed from the controller.

adding cycle analyst connector holes for more wires

Step 4: Solder your connections

Now it’s time to make your connections to each of the 6 locations we found in step 2. Remember which color wire you are using for each connection. It’s best to write it down so you don’t make any mistakes afterwards.

We’ll go in order and start with the battery connections. You’ll remember that on my controller’s board I was lucky enough to have extra holes for additional components at each of the battery lead terminations. I’ll use one of these holes for each the first two pins, one for the battery positive and one for the battery negative.

adding cycle analyst connector battery wires

One thing to note on this step is that things change if your controller has an ignition wire. An ignition wire is usually a thin red or orange wire that is included with the larger red battery positive wire, and must be connected to the larger red wire to turn on the controller. If you have one of these ignition wires, you’ll need to wire your first wire (battery positive) to this ignition wire and not to the larger red wire. This is because when you turn your controller off by whatever means you have for separating the two wires (handlebar switch, throttle button, etc) then your Cycle Analyst would still remain powered. If you connect your Cycle Analyst connector’s battery positive wire to the ignition wire pad though, each time you turn your ebike off by separating the ignition wire from the main battery positive wire, your Cycle Analyst will turn off too.

Find your ignition wire pad by following the ignition wire back from outside the controller. Mine controller had a couple extra holes in this location too, which made soldering straight through the board easy.

adding cycle analyst connector

After soldering the battery wires onto the board, next you’ll do the shunt wires. You want to avoid adding too much additional solder to the shunt as this can change the performance of your ebike. In my case, I actually soldered the wires to the base of the shunt so that I had more room to work with. This also kept me from adding additional solder onto the shunt bars themselves.

Technically you can add the negative shunt wire to the negative battery pad, though you won’t get the most accurate readings that way. I’m going to add it directly to the shunt base on the underside of the board.

adding cycle analyst connector shunt underside

And a view from the top…

adding cycle analyst connector shunt topside

Next we’ll add in the speed sensor wire,  which we can add to any of the three hall sensor signal wires, either blue, green or yellow. I’m going to add my wire to the pad with the largest solder gap compared to the other two. Also, I’ll make use of a convenient hole in the board right next to the hall wires to feed the wire down under the board.

adding cycle analyst connector speed sensor

The last wire to add is the throttle signal wire, which overrides the throttle for limiting features of the Cycle Analyst such as speed and current limiting. If you have a version 2.3 Cycle Analyst, you’ll need to also solder a 1,000 ohm resistor in line with the wire you connect to the throttle signal pad. If you have a Version 3.0 or high Cycle Analyst, you simply solder your wire straight to the throttle signal pad.

I actually didn’t include this wire in my controller here because I didn’t intend on using any of the limiting features of the Cycle Analyst. Assuming you do want to include this though, you’ll solder it just like in the diagram below.

adding cycle analyst connector

 

Step 5: Add the connectors

The female connectors are really tiny so you’ll want to be careful when crimping them. There’s a special crimping tool you can buy, but of course I don’t have that tool, so I just used needle nose pliers.

Start by stripping the wires about 1/8 to 1/4 inch back from the end of the wires. Break the connectors off the strip they come connected with and crimp each one onto the end of a wire.

adding cycle analyst connector

Go slow and make sure you have a strong crimp job.

adding cycle analyst connector

Once you’ve got each of the individual connectors crimped to the wire, you can start placing them into the plastic housing. Use a small flathead screwdriver or toothpick to push the connector in until you hear a click. The order to connect the pins is:

  1. Battery positive
  2. Battery negative (ground)
  3. Shunt negative
  4. Shunt positive
  5. Hall sensor signal
  6. Throttle signal wire

 

adding cycle analyst connector pin order with labels

…And that’s it, you’re done! Enjoy the satisfying feeling of having modified your own controller to work with a direct plug-in Cycle Analyst!

cycle analyst wattmeter ebikeschool

photo credit 1, 2

Review: Mirrycle Bar End Mountain Bicycle Mirror

mirrycle bar end mirror

If hindsight is important in life, then it’s even more important on an electric bicycle.

As we talked about in the article on ebike safety tips, statistically speaking you aren’t very likely to get hit by a motorist just happening upon you from behind, though you are much more likely to be hit from behind if you suddenly swerve out into the lane to avoid something in the road. This situation happens a lot more often than many people would imagine, and all it takes to avoid it is a good mirror.

There are a number of different styles of bicycle mirrors out there. Each has its own pro’s and con’s, but what I love about the Mirrycle bar end mirror is that unlike most other bicycle mirrors, the Mirrycle mirror’s pro’s list is much longer than its con’s.

mirrycle bar end mirror

The problem with most handlebar mounted mirrors is that they tend to flex and vibrate as you ride. This makes seeing anything in the mirror virtually impossible due to all the shaking. The longer the post on the mirror is, the more likely you are to get vibrations that turn the image in your mirror into an impressionist painting.

The Mirrycle bar end mirror, on the other hand, has a firm and rigid connection with a short arm that greatly reduces vibration. The Mirrycle bar end mirror uses metal construction in all the right places to strengthen the design and hold the mirror steady as a rock.

Another problem with most handlebar mounted mirrors is that they take up valuable real estate on your handlebars that could be used for mounting lights, GPS, a horn, a cell phone mount, etc. The Mirrycle bar end mirror leaves your handlebars nice and empty by mounting inside the end of the bar. It’s got a clever tapered design that expands to fit nearly any handlebar size. It even includes the appropriate allen wrench to make installation a snap!

mirrycle install

I’ve tried using helmet mounted mirrors before but I’m just not a big fan of them. The tiny surface means less visibility. It also bothers me that you have to turn your head to adjust where you’re looking because the mirror is mounted rigidly to the helmet. What am I, an owl? I don’t want to move my head to look around, I want to move my eyes. A handlebar mirror means I can glance at my mirror and see everything behind me without moving my head.

The Mirrycle bar end mirror also has a nice compromise when it comes to its convex shape. Sometimes mirrors go overboard and end up with those funhouse style effects where everything is ridiculously distorted. The Mirrycle mirror does a good job of providing enough of a wide angle effect on its large 3″ diameter mirror to give you optimal visibility without adding very much distortion to the image. You can’t go wide angle with a mirror and remain completely distortion free, but the compromise here is a good one.

One common criticism of bar end mirrors is that they add extra width to the bike, and this is a valid argument. The important question though is how important this issue is to your own needs. Most people aren’t riding in situations where an extra 3 or 4 inches are going to make or break it. For me, I do a lot of city riding and end up lane splitting at traffic lights. Weaving in between cars in gridlock traffic is one of my favorite advantages of electric bicycles, and I haven’t found the extra width of a bar end mirror to limit me much in that way. I have to keep it in mind when I’m deciding if I can fit between two cars, but it’s rarely such a close call that this small difference will be the deciding factor.

mirrycle bar end mirror

You can even mount the mirror upside or flipped in. This keeps the mirror from increasing the width of the bike more than an inch or so, if that’s important to you. Keep in mind that using the mirror in this flipped in orientation will reduce your visibility compared to the normal flipped out setup.

Conclusions on the Mirrycle bar end mirror

All in all I give this mirror a 9 out of 10 rating. It’s got solid construction, a large mirror surface, minimal distortion, negligible vibration and has lasted well over a year of testing on my bike without the slightest indication of wear. If that doesn’t seal the deal for you, then consider the price. At the time of writing it’s just $12 with free shipping on Amazon! It’s hard to find quality construction and performance for such a good deal these days. I recommend the Mirrycle bar end mirror to every ebike rider as an important piece of safety equipment that will likely outlast many of your ebike components.

Mirrycle bar end mirror

 

photo credits 1, 2, 3, 4

What Exactly Is An Electric Bicycle e-Grin?

e-grin electric bicycle

Ah yes, the “e-grin”.  Electric bicycle riders know it well and newcomers to the technology quickly discover it. An e-grin is the big, goofy smile that appears on the face of someone who has just experienced their first ever ebike ride. And you always remember your first ride.

Electric bicycles are a great option for commuting in cities and suburbs for countless reasons (but if you did count them, you’d have the Top Ten Reasons For Switching To An Electric Bicycle). Even so, ebikes are still quite a minority in the United States. Even in much of Europe, where ebikes have a much stronger foothold, pedal bikes are still the norm. Nine out of ten bicycles on a European street are still likely to be pedal bicycles (compared to over 99 out 100 in the USA).

For this reason, most people are understandably ignorant to the advantages of an electric bicycle. Even worse, they have no idea what they are missing! Electric bicycles are fun – it’s as simple as that! There’s nothing quite like hopping on a machine that is normally associated with measured amounts of strenuous activity (a bicycle) yet having the machine do all the work for you! Twisting the throttle and feeling a rush of wind through your hair brings excitement to everyone, it doesn’t matter who you are.

e-grin electric bicycle ebike

And the silence associated with such raw power only adds to the magic of the moment. Under these circumstances, an e-grin is perhaps the only thing that DOES make sense.

“So let me get this straight. You mean to tell me that this magic electric steed can take me everywhere I want to go and I never have to feed it or pump it full of explosive liquid? You’ll have to excuse me while I e-grin…”

That’s right, e-grin can even be a verb.

Over the years I’ve seen hundreds of people take their first ride on an ebike and the e-grin has proven to be an inevitable outcome. Without fail, everyone from children to doctors to teachers to businessmen finish their first ride with the same, stupefied smile on their faces that we’ve come to know as the e-grin.

The next time someone asks to take a ride on your ebike to ‘see what the big deal is’, snap a picture of their face at the precise moment they get it. You will have caught the elusive yet highly predictable e-grin.

photo credits 1, 2

Why Buy An Ebike? Build A Do It Yourself Ebike Instead!

do it yourself ebike electric bicycle

Buying a commercially available retail electric bicycle is a great way to get going quickly and enjoy the immediate gratification of getting around on an ebike.  However, converting your own bicycle into an ebike comes with many advantages over buying a retail ebike. Some of the best reasons to go with a do it yourself ebike include:

  • saving money
  • more opportunity for customization
  • better quality parts
  • using your own bicycle
  • getting the pride of commuting on your own sweat and labor!

Save money with a do it yourself ebike

So how can building a do it yourself ebike from an electric bicycle kit save you money over a retail ebike? When you buy retail, you aren’t just paying for the ebike, you’re actually covering all of the research, development, design, fabrication, assembly, marketing, shipping, storage, markup and overhead that goes into getting that retail ebike out of the store.

When you decide to convert your own standard bicycle into an electric bicycle, you cut out all of that extra stuff and just pay for the ebike parts themselves. That’s why you can actually get the same parts used on a $2,000 electric bicycle for a quarter of the price.

Electric bicycle conversion kits and individual ebike parts are available all over the internet, mostly coming from Chinese suppliers, though sometimes resold by American companies, such as Electric Rider and Clean Republic, which offer better service than trying to deal with most Chinese suppliers. You can even get electric bicycle conversion kits on Amazon, delivered quickly right to your door!

By choosing exactly the parts you want and not paying for extra accessories or specs of a retail ebike that you don’t need, you can save even more money. Usually a complete electric bicycle conversion kit is the best way to go if you want a great deal, but sometimes you can actually find a better price by shopping around and buying parts from different suppliers.

I also highly recommend checking out the “for sale” sections of the ebike forum Endless Sphere for some great deals. People are always selling both brand new and used ebike parts. Sometimes you can pick up a battery with just a few charge cycles on it for half of what it costs new. I’ve built whole ebikes from parts acquired through Endless Sphere. There’s also a great post on recommended vendors. Electric bicycle conversion kits are really easy to install on a bicycle too. They’re specifically designed for absolute beginners so that pretty much anyone can convert a bicycle into an electric bike.

Gain control when building your own ebike

When you choose your own parts, you have total control over the performance of your ebike. This applies more to choosing parts individually, but even buying a complete electric bicycle conversion kit is a great way to go. There are so many different kits out there that it is definitely possible to find something for everyone, with speeds from as low as 12 mph (20 km/hr) up to 35 mph (56 km/hr) or even faster.

The kit you choose will largely depend on your own desires. Are you looking for an around the town grocery-getter or a hot rod that can beat cars at traffic lights? Both options are entirely possible with different ebike conversion kits available all over the internet. Planning out your build with the right parts for you and then choosing the best vendors is something I cover extensively with many chapters in my book.

A do it yourself ebike means a better bicycle

Another great reason to do your own electric bicycle conversion is that you can start with a much better quality bicycle than standard retail ebikes. A dirty secret of the industry is that many ebike manufacturers skimp on the quality of the actual bicycle, including the frame and components like brakes and shifters, so that they can try to bring the price down enough to draw in consumers. By converting a bicycle yourself, you’re already saving a bunch of money, so why not put some of that back into a better quality bike?

a great quality bicycle to use for a do it yourself ebike conversion

There’s a good chance you’ve already got a great bike just gathering dust in your garage or basement, why not convert your bike into an ebike? Or you can get a bike that you really like from a local bike shop and start the conversion on your new bike. This way you can be sure that you are using a bike you already know and love, instead of settling for whatever frame and components the ebike manufacturer chooses for cost reasons.

Be proud of building your own electric bicycle!

The last and perhaps best reason for converting your own bicycle to electric drive is simply the sense of accomplishment you’ll feel. I get a great feeling every day when I commute on my ebike, knowing that I’m doing a good thing for the environment by foregoing a car (I haven’t owned one in 6 years since I built my first ebike) and that I’m also commuting on something I built with my own two hands. It’s not that difficult to convert a bicycle into an electric bicycle, but the sense of accomplishment you feel will last as long as the ebike, and perhaps longer!

 photo credit 1

Which Type of Electric Bicycle Throttle Is Best?

Three different electric bicycle throttles half twist full twist and thumb throttle

Thumb throttle, half twist throttle and full twist throttle

Your electric bicycle’s throttle is the physical connection between you and your ebike. Through just a few square centimeters of surface area, a magical bond is formed between man and machine that allows the two to feel each other and respond to each others thoughts and desires.

Ok, perhaps I’m romanticizing it just a bit, but the type of throttle on an ebike really does affect the entire riding experience.

There are three main types of throttles: thumb throttles, half twist throttles and full twist throttles. Of course, each type of ebike throttle has its own advantages and disadvantages, and each have their own effect on your riding experience.

Each also have adamant supporters ready to go to blows to defend their throttle choice.

Rarely have I ever seen support for a specific ebike option so evenly distributed among riders, but that is the case when it comes to ebike throttle choice. Many people are quick to claim that one of the three electric bicycle throttles is the superior choice and just as many people are quick to discount that type of ebike throttle, wishing it upon only their most despised of enemies.

So let’s take a detailed look at the main three different types of ebike throttles and figure out what all the fuss is about.

Thumb throttles

electric bicycle thumb throttle

The thumb throttle, no surprise here, is designed to be operated by the thumb. It consists of just a small lever that protrudes from the handlebar towards the rider.

Thumb throttles are the least obtrusive of the three types of ebike throttles.  One thing I love about the thumb throttle is that it almost never interferes with brake levers or twist shifters. It only occasionally interferes with lever shifters, but this can usually be fixed by slightly rotating the thumb throttle’s own lever up or down to avoid the path of the shifter lever.

Thumb throttles allow the greatest freedom of handle bar accessories, like lights and mirrors, since they take up so little room. They also allow you to use any aftermarket handle bar grips you’d like, since they don’t reach to the end of the handlebar.

Another unexpected advantage of thumb throttles is a slight increase in safety. As we’ll soon see, other throttles have a higher chance of accidental engagement, either by bumping into a wall, doorway or other object – or simply through an inattentive rider.

The main complaint against thumb throttles is thumb exhaustion. It doesn’t sound like such a serious problem, but after long stretches of riding at full throttle many people complain that their thumb simply gets sore and tired from holding the throttle’s lever down the entire time. Unlike other throttle types that spread the load out to the whole hand, thumb throttles focus the entire force of the return spring solely on the thumb.

Another disadvantage of thumb throttles is that they require you to constantly keep one fewer finger on the handlebars. The better grip on the handlebar you have, the better you can handle the ebike, especially in an emergency situation where you may have just milliseconds to think and take evasive action. This situation, while rare, isn’t the best time to have your strongest digit off hanging out by himself.

I personally discovered another unexpected downside of thumb throttles while commuting in the very cold winters of Pittsburgh. While your four fingers are wrapped around the handlebar and help keep each other warm, your lonely thumb protrudes far below the handlebar, hanging out in no man’s land and bearing the full brunt of the chilly air racing by. Combined with extremely cold temperatures and a fast ebike, you’ve got yourself a recipe for a frozen thumb. It sounds silly, but even through thick leather gloves, a 15 minute commute in the middle of winter consistently made my right thumb feel like it was about to fall off. Certainly it’s a problem only relevant to a certain demographic, but now you can’t say I didn’t warn you.

Full twist throttles

electric bicycle full twist throttle

Full twist throttles are sort of the antithesis of thumb throttles as they are the largest type of ebike throttle and require the whole hand to operate. The full twist throttle takes up the entire end of the handlebar, completely replacing whatever grip would originally be on the end of handlebar. To operate it, the rider simply grabs a handful of throttle and twist it back towards himself.

Anyone who has ridden a motorcycle or moped will find the full twist throttle familiar. It operates just like the throttle on most motorcycles.  Many people prefer full twist throttles because they are operated by the full hand – all five fingers grip that sucker. That allows you to hold on tight, handle well and use your wrist instead of your thumb to apply the twisting motion.

For that same reason though, many people complain that full twist throttles lead to a sore wrist. Just like riding full speed with a thumb throttle can exhaust the thumb, twist throttles tend to tire out the rider’s wrist over long periods.

Another disadvantage of full twist throttles is that they are most likely to be accidentally engaged. Because the throttle continues all the way to the end of the handlebar, bumping into walls, doorways and even handlebars of other bikes in close proximity can send the bike accidentally accelerating off into the distance with the unprepared rider trying to hang on. I’ve personally seen this happen a few times.

Ok fine, I’ve done it a few times.

For the same reason that full twist throttles extend to the end of the handlebars, they make using handlebar end mirrors impossible. This might not be a problem for you, but then again you might not be aware of the awesome Mirrycle handle bar end mirror.

Half twist throttles

electric bicycle half twist throttle

Half twist throttles are like the little brother of full twist throttles. They operate the exact same way as a full twist throttle except that they don’t reach all the way to the end of the handle bar. They reach about half way. (Get it? Half twist? Haaaaalf twi- oh forget it)

The missing half of the half twist throttle is replaced with a matching rubber grip that doesn’t twist, it remains firmly attached to the handlebar. Half twist throttles have most of the same advantages as full twist throttles, they allow you to use multiple fingers, usually the first two fingers and thumb, and let you use your wrist to apply the twist motion to the throttle.

The half twist throttle is also slightly safer than the full twist when it comes to accidental engagement. It can still be bumped as it slides past obstacles, but because it doesn’t reach to the end of the bar, accidental engagement is less likely.

Also, because the half twist doesn’t reach to the end of the handlebar, you’re free to use accessories on the ends of your handlebars, including the magical Mirrycle handlebar end mirror.

The half twist throttle also has a unique solution to avoid wrist exhaustion. When operating at full throttle the rider can grip the throttle with three fingers and leave two fingers on the rubber grip which is firmly attached to the handlebar. This gripping arrangement keeps the half twist throttle from springing back to zero-throttle position and allows your grip on the handlebar, instead of your wrist muscles, to hold the tension in the throttle spring. Over long rides this position proves more comfortable and reduces or removes the exhaustion associated with thumb or full twist throttles.

Electric bicycle throttle accessories

In addition to the three main different styles of throttles, thumb, full twist and half twist, there are also many types of throttles with built in accessories. The most common throttle accessory is a battery life indicator. This is usually a set of three or more colored LEDs that indicate a full battery, partially discharged battery or depleted battery.

While nice in theory, these LED battery meters are notoriously inaccurate. They work not by measuring the actual capacity of the battery but rather by measuring the voltage level. Lithium batteries hold a fairly constant voltage throughout the middle part of their discharge curve, meaning these battery meters are really only accurate near the top and bottom ends. Basically, if all your lights are on you know your battery is mostly charged and if the lights are a near the end (red LED) then you know your battery is about to die. In the middle, your guess is as good as your throttle’s.

three electric bicycle throttles with led battery meters and buttons accessories

Many ebike throttles also come with buttons that can be used to control different functions. The most common is an on/off button to start your ebike. These buttons can also be used for things like lights and cruise control, assuming your ebike supports these features. Some throttles have momentary contact buttons that only work when the button is held down. These types of buttons are better for features like horns or regenerative braking, something you’d want temporarily and only for as long as the button is pressed.

Some throttles come with key switches that can be used to start the ebike. This is a convenient way to add some extra security to your ebike. The extra security is largely superficial, as anyone with a pair of wire cutters could easily “hotwire” your ebike by shorting the throttle wires to by pass your switch. In this case, the security is more against some idiot trying to turn your ebike on while you’ve left it parked. Either way, it’s still one more line of defense, and makes your ebike look just a little less desirable to potential thieves. Plus it’s kind of fun to have a key that starts your ebike.

Which ebike throttle are you?

At the end of the day, throttle choice really comes down to personal opinion. Each ebike throttle comes with different pros and cons, so it is up to you to decide which sacrifices you want to make and what advantages are more important to you on your own electric bicycle. I’ve tried to present the arguments for each of the three throttles as unbiasedly as possible so that you can make your own decision and choose the throttle that is right for you.

But if you ask me, “HALF TWIST FOR LIFE, BABY!!!”

It should also be noted that there is one other, much rarer type of throttle called the “push button” throttle. It’s pretty much inferior to these other three throttle types in almost every way. It works by applying full acceleration when the button is pressed, then providing no throttle when the button is released. Imagine, for a moment, if your car’s gas pedal was replaced with a simple on/off (full-gas/no-gas) button.

Throttles are meant to be controlled gradually, not used in an all-or-nothing fashion. Steer clear of push button throttles.

What is Endless Sphere and How Do I Use It?

Endless Sphere electric bicycle forum

Endless Sphere: Justin’s gift to the world

To describe it in one sentence, Endless Sphere is an online electric vehicle forum where  thousands of electric bicycle enthusiasts discuss ebike topics. But Endless Sphere is really so much more than that. It’s a community and a gathering place where people come to share ideas, talk shop, show off their creations and help beginners get into the world of electric bicycles (and other EV’s, but it’s the electric bicycles that interests us).

Endless Sphere works like just about any other internet forum where anyone can post a topic. Topics range from questions about how something works to just a series of pictures of someone’s new ebike, explaining how they built it. After an initial post, any other user can post a reply on the same topic, creating a thread of replies. It is free to make an account and post, meaning literally anyone can take part in the conversations.

Some people on the forum are beginners working on their first electric bicycle while others are Endless Sphere regulars with thousands of posts. The regulars come to help others with their experience and stay at the leading edge of electric bicycle technology.

Endless Sphere is a great resource for beginners because it’s akin to taking part in an international conference where all the best minds and biggest players in electric bicycles meet to discuss, teach and learn about different ebike topics.

How to take advantage of Endless Sphere

How can you best use Endless Sphere as a resource? For beginners to the ebike world, I recommend browsing around Endless Sphere, reading threads on topics that interest you and learning from the experience of others who have spent years building many different electric bicycles.

The act of reading posts without taking an active part in the discussion is sometimes known as “lurking”. Lurkers are people who don’t contribute to the conversation, they simply reads along to benefit from the information. Think of it as being in the audience during a lecture or discussion on a particular ebike topic. Lurking is perfectly acceptable and is a great way to learn about many different subjects from battery technology to motor choice and more. Many lurkers read for years without even signing up for an account.

Sometimes lurking isn’t enough when your particular question or topic of interest hasn’t ever been brought up on Endless Sphere before. You should always try searching the site first to be certain your question hasn’t been covered, because after so many years with a very active community, it becomes rarer that something has never been covered on Endless Sphere. Many beginners come with questions about specific ebike systems or even more general “where do I begin” type questions. These are some of the most frequently asked questions on Endless Sphere and you are nearly guaranteed to find those types of questions already somewhere in the forum.

To be honest, the search box on Endless Sphere doesn’t work so well, and it can be hard to wade through all the non relevant entries that it returns. When I search endless sphere, I usually just go to google and type in “endless sphere” followed by whatever I’m interested in. For example, if you wanted info on replacing a twist throttle, you might go to google and search “endless sphere replace twist throttle”. All of the results that are returned at the top of the page will be previous Endless Sphere posts talking about that specific subject.

Making your own posts on Endless Sphere

However, every day there are new questions being asked and topics being proposed to supplement the information already available on Endless Sphere. If you haven’t been able to find the answer to your question anywhere on Endless Sphere then it’s time to create an account and take an active part in the community.

You can easily create a free account with the site by choosing a username and creating a profile. You don’t have to fill in much information, but it is highly recommended to at least list your country in your profile, as well as state if you live in the US. This helps the community make more specific recommendations based on vendors in your area or even based on your local weather or terrain.

If someone knows you’re located in Australia, he or she likely won’t recommend a vendor in Canada, etc.

Next, browse to the correct section of the site through the Board Index. You’ll likely be looking for either the E-Bike General Discussion or Electric Technical, depending whether your question is a general topic such as which battery would best fit your specific bicycle, or a more technical question like how to install a temperature sensor in your motor.

endless sphere electric bicycle forum

Create a new post in the section that seems most related to your question. Try to describe your situation and issue or question as best as you can, providing all of the relevant details. The more info you can offer, the more complete the answers you receive will be.

After submitting your new post, just sit back and wait.

Users on Endless Sphere come from all over the world and people use the site around the clock. You’ll likely start receiving answers to your question in the next few hours, but it could be up to a day before someone responds to your post. Just be patient. Avoid the temptation to post the same topic in multiple different sections of the site (known as cross posting) as this annoys the users and makes it harder to keep track of responses. It also pollutes the system by having multiple identical threads, making it harder for everyone else to navigate the site.

With any luck you’ll find multiple people commenting on your topic and providing insight from different perspectives. It’s not uncommon to return to your thread to find different experts arguing over the best answer to your question. This is normal! There is often more than one correct answer and more than one way to do things. Listen to what everybody has to say and engage in the conversation.

Depending on your question or situation, you’ll likely be asked for more info, so try to respond in a timely fashion to keep the people you are conversing with engaged. If you are getting help with a problem you are experiencing, it is good etiquette to return to the thread after you have solved the problem to give a summary of the solution. This helps people that will find your thread in the coming months and years, looking for a solution to the exact same problem. You can even edit your original post with a statement at the end about how your problem was solved.

Endless Sphere – a buyer’s market

Another great use for Endless Sphere is as a sort of digital flea market for electric bicycle parts. There are two sections dedicated to selling new and used ebike parts where you can find some really good deals on great products.

endless sphere electric bicycle forum

This is a great way to pick up a battery or motor that you need for your project at a steep discount. Just make sure you know what you are buying and that the seller provides many pictures to help you understand the product’s condition.

Generally speaking, Endless Sphere has been a very safe place to buy and sell ebike parts, partly based on the accountability of a user and his reputation in the community. However, if you see a user has few or no posts, be more wary of whatever they are selling. There have unfortunately been a few cases of a user getting ripped off. This has been very rare over the history of Endless Sphere, but it can still happen.

Endless Sphere – welcome to the rabbit’s hole

Endless Sphere can be a little like taking the red pill and seeing how deep the rabbit’s hole goes. The helpful people, plethora of information and friendly environment make it a great place for ebike people to hang out and build the community.

As you become more involved in Endless Sphere, and as you learn more about electric bicycles in general, you may even be able to start helping others that aren’t as far along as yourself. You of course shouldn’t attempt to provide insight on something that is above your expertise, but if you see someone struggling with something you’ve had to deal with before, feel free to hop in and offer assistance. It’s this cycle of learning and teaching that helps keep Endless Sphere growing as a community and a resource.

photo credit 1, 2, 3

What is a Torque Arm and Why Do I Need One

torque arm for electric bicycle custom
A torque arm is an extra piece of support metal added to a bicycle frame to more securely hold the axle of a powerful hubmotor. But let’s back up and get some more perspective on torque arms in general to learn when they are necessary and why they are so important.

Many people choose to convert a standard pedal bicycle into an electric bicycle to save money over purchasing a retail ebike. This is a great option for a number of reasons and is surprisingly easy to do. Many manufacturers have designed simple ebike conversion kits that can easily bolt onto a standard bicycle to convert it into an electric bicycle. The only problem is that the poor guy that designed your bicycle planned for it to be used with lightweight bike wheels, not giant electric hub motors. But don’t worry, that’s where torque arms come in!

Torque arms are there to help your bicycle’s dropouts (the part of the bike that holds onto the axles of the wheels) resist the torque of an electric hubmotor. You see, normal bicycle wheels don’t apply much torque to the bicycle dropouts. Front wheels actually don’t apply any torque, so the front fork of a bicycle is designed to simply hold the wheel in place, not resist its torque while it powers the bike with the force of multiple professional cyclists.

Rear wheels on standard bicycles traditionally do apply a small amount of torque on the dropouts, but not more than the standard axle bolts clamped against the dropouts can handle.

Torque arms add strength to weaker bicycle frames

drawings courtesy of Grin Technologies (ebikes.ca) and used with permission

 

When you swap in an electric hub motor though, that’s when torque becomes an issue. Small motors of 250 watts or less are usually fine. Even front forks can handle the low torque of these hubmotors. Once you start getting up to about 500 watts is when problems can occur, especially if we’re talking about front forks and even more so when the material is weaker, as in aluminum forks.

In this case a torque arm is required to resist the torque of the hub motor. Torque arms come in all shapes and sizes. Some are mass produced, one-size-fits-most styles that slide over the axle of the motor and then clamp or bolt into the bicycle frame, offering a firm connection to the bicycle further away than the surface of the axle.

Other torque arms are custom jobs made by guys and gals in their garages, specifically suited to their own bikes and motors. The one thing all these torque arms have in common is that they grip the flat part of the motor axle and connect to the bicycle frame in a sturdy way to help resist that torque from forcing open the dropouts.

Gasp! Do I need a torque arm?!

So when do you need a torque arm? Well, the short answer is that it’s better to be safe than sorry and that a torque arm will always help. Practically speaking though, there are a few factors that will tips the scales in favor or against the need for a torque arm.

First of all, if you are buying a retail, commercially available electric bicycle then you don’t need to worry about a torque arm. The ebike’s designers will have already included one, if necessary, or more likely will have designed the bicycle to be a purpose built ebike with strong enough dropouts to not require a torque arm.

If you are doing your own electric bicycle conversion though, you might need a torque arm depending on the type of bike and power level of the motor.

As mentioned above, front and rear mounted hubmotors have different requirements. A front fork is usually much weaker than the rear dropouts. This means that front hub motors are more likely to require a torque arm than rear motors.

Next, frame material plays a big factor. Steel is a stronger material than aluminum and resists bending easier. That means if you have steel dropouts combined with a rear hubmotor, you’re in a much better position than a front aluminum fork.

Lastly you have to consider the power of the motor. Like we discussed above, 250 watts or less should be fine in nearly any steel or aluminum dropout without torque arms. 500 watts is about the limit you’d want to put in rear aluminum dropouts without a torque arm. If you have a 500 watt motor in the front, especially if you have an aluminum fork, you’ll want to use a torque arm. 750 watts or above should almost always use a torque arm, even in the rear of the bike, even in steel. Generally speaking, 750 watts in rear steel dropouts will probably be fine, but it’s getting near the limit. That’s why we recommend 750 watts or above, using a torque arm.

Torque arm specifics

Three main factors control the effectiveness of torque arms, so you’ll want to pay close attention to these when buying or making your own torque arms. First is the material choice. Look for stainless steel torque arms if possible. These will be even stronger than the mild steel or aluminum that your bike frame is made out of.

Next, thicker is better. Always. You want as much meat gripping that axle as possible. Try to find a nice thick torque arm. I’ve seen thin torque arms simply cut a slit around the axle and still allow it to spin, damaging the bicycle and motor. A quarter inch (0.635 cm) is a good torque arm thickness to aim for. Even thicker is better, of course.

Lastly, the further away the torque arm mounts to the bike, the better. A one inch long torque arm is good, two inches is better, and three inches is better yet. The further from the axle that the torque arm mounts to the frame, the more force it can resist.

Good torque arms won’t be cheap. Don’t expect to spend less than $15-20 a piece for a decent stainless steel torque arm. The good news is that you can find them all over the internet from many reputable sellers including for between $9-$38 from ebikes.ca (one of the best electric bicycle parts vendors in North America) which are also available to order even easier from Amazon, including a front torque arm here and a rear torque arm here, or for $25 from Electric Rider for a beefy Crystalyte torque arm.

If you’re in a pinch or you really want to make your own, a 10 mm spanner wrench makes a surprisingly good torque arm. Just make sure the wrench doesn’t somehow interfere with the axle nuts closing firmly.

When in doubt, use a torque arm

Torque arms are there to save your motor and your bicycle. The cost of not using torque arms when you should have is quite high: often a destroyed motor and/or destroyed bicycle frame. You can avoid this tragic end by making sure you’ve got the right tools for your ebike build, including knowing when to use a torque arm.

photo credits 1, 2, 3

The Myth of Ebike Wattage

Nearly every retail electric bicycle and ebike conversion kit is listed at a specific power level, such as a “500 watt electric mountain bike” or a “250 watt ebike conversion kit”, yet often this power rating is misleading or just plain wrong. The problem is that manufacturers don’t use the same standards to name their motors, and consumers often don’t understand the differences.

What’s a Watt?

Let’s start with some definitions and a bit of a physics lesson. A “watt” is a unit of power, named for Scottish Engineer James Watt.

electric bicycle power watts

Watts can be used to measure the instantaneous power output (or input) of a machine, such as the electric motor on your ebike. The number of watts used by an electric motor at any moment equal the voltage supplied by a battery multiplied by the current flowing from the battery to the motor. So an ebike motor connected to a 24V battery being supplied with 10 amps of current would be powered at 24*10=240 watts.

As you can see, calculating the peak power of an ebike is simple. You just multiply the voltage of the battery by the maximum current the ebike can handle. The maximum current is determined by the ebike’s controller, and is usually somewhere between 15-30 amps. An ebike with a 48V battery and a 20 amp peak controller would theoretically be capable of a nominal 960 watts of instantaneous power.

This is where things get complicated though, because ebike manufacturers don’t always rate their parts this way.

Lies! Deception! Blasphemy!

This happens for a number of reasons. A common cause is to skirt importation laws. Many European countries limit imports to electric bicycles with a motor rated at 250 watts or less. 250 watts is not very much power by ebike standards. Professional cyclists can put out more than 400 watts on leg power alone.

So in order to clear their electric bicycles for import to as many countries as possible, many ebike manufacturers rate the components on their ebikes much lower than what they are in reality.

Meet “250 watt” motors.

Here is a great example of a 250 watt electric bicycle conversion kit. It comes with all the parts except the battery, a pretty standard motor rated by the vendor as “250” watts, and a pretty decent price of about $250 including shipping. But when we look at the specifications, we see the 36V controller has a peak current limit of 15A. Doing the math shows us that 36V * 15A = 540 peak watts.

This is very common in the industry. Ebikes sold with “250 watt” motors often come standard with 36V batteries and 15 or 20 amp controllers. As we saw, a 15 amp controller would mean the actual peak power supplied to the motor is closer to 540 watts and a 20 amp controller would be over 700 watts.

Yea, “250 watts” my tuchus!

How do ebike manufacturers get away with this? One way is to rate the motor for “continuous power” instead of “peak power”. The difference between continuous power and peak power is that continuous power essentially means power a motor can safely handle for an indefinite amount of time without damage or overheating the motor. A “250 watt continuous” motor, theoretically, could run forever at 250 watts without overheating, but any more power would cause it to eventually overheat. If the motor is truly a 250 watt motor by definition, then running this motor at 251 watts would eventually cause it overheat.

Is it ok for ebike companies to rate their motors this way? Technically yes, if the numbers are accurate. But most of the time a “250 watt continuous” motor can handle more than 250 watts continuously, meaning the numerical naming convention is inaccurate and misleading.

The problem here isn’t the morality of underrating ebike specifications (this is one of the few times you usually get more than you pay for), it’s that this often confuses customers and makes comparing different motors much more difficult.

250 watt motor

a “250 watt” motor that I run at 500 watts

How can you best use power ratings?

When comparing ebikes or ebike kits, it is important to know first of all if you are comparing continuous or peak power. When someone advises that a 220 lb rider would likely need at least a 1,000 watt motor, he or she usually means 1,000 watts of peak power, as in the amount of power the ebike should be able to produce to drive the rider up a hill.

A 500 watt electric bicycle conversion kit may be listed as a 500 watt kit, yet a closer inspection could show that the kit comes with a 48V battery and a 20 amp peak controller. The math shows us that this kit is in fact capable of putting out 48V x 20A=960 watts, essentially a 1,000 watt kit. What might have initially appeared to be too weak (advertised as 500 watts) is actually an approximately 1,000 watt peak kit, perfect for our 220 lb rider we used in the example about above.

Lawmakers are ignorant about ebikes (among other things)

This is also an interesting example of how nonsensical many electric bicycle laws are. Limiting the wattage of ebike motors doesn’t necessarily limit how powerful they can be. Even though a motor is marked as 250 watts (and even if it may actually  be a true 250 watt motor), anyone could connect it to a 48V battery and run 20 amps through the motor to achieve 1,000 watts of power. Of course this could eventually damage or destroy the motor, but it is still demonstrates how it is entirely possible from a practical standpoint.

In fact, direct drive motors such as the Nine Continent are often listed as 500 or 1,000 watt motors, but many people have had success running them at over 3,000 watts by drilling out the cover plates to provide additional air cooling to the motor. Other modifications such as increasing the gauge of the wires carrying power to the copper windings can help maximize the useful power output of these strong, underrated motors.

These examples should reinforce the take-home message here: when you are looking into an electric bicycle or ebike conversion kit, always calculate peak watts in your mind (volts x amps) to do a fair comparison of the actual power you can expect out of any ebike setup. That way you’ll know what type of power level you’ll really experience when you’re ready to twist the throttle.

 photo credits 1, 2

The Best Bike Locks For Electric Bicycles

bicycle locks for electric bicycles

It seems these days there are as many types of bike locks out there as there are bicycles. There’s quite a range of styles and qualities available, but which ones are best for an electric bicycle? Let’s take a look at some of the most common bike locks available and see how they stack up for ebike use. And consider checking out my article on 10 ways to avoid getting your electric bicycle stolen. Spoiler alert: it’s more than just about your lock.

With bike locks you get what you pay for

Now before we dive in, let’s talk for a moment about the price of bike locks. Good quality bike locks are expensive – there’s no beating around the bush here.

They say the rule of thumb is that you should spend at least 10% of the value of your bike on your locking system. I don’t know who “they” are or where they got the 10% figure, but I think it is a good place to start, and can help keep you from being too cheap when it comes to protecting your electric bicycle. A nice ebike can easily cost $1,500, so doesn’t $150 seem like a reasonable price to protect that investment? And remember, a good lock is something that should last you a while. There’s no reason a quality bicycle lock couldn’t last you a decade or more if you take care of it.

Now let’s take a look at the range of bicycle locks on the market. We’ll start at the weaker end of the spectrum and move up from there. And if we’re talking about weak bicycle locks, we’ve got to start with cable locks.

Cable bike locks

cable bike locks are very low security

Cable locks are about as low security as it comes. The only less secure method that would still count as at least attempting to protect your bike would be to tie it with rope and double knot it.

Cable locks are a problem because the tools required to cut through them are simple hand tools. The weakest cable locks can be cut through with pliers while the slightly larger cables require bolt cutters. Both are tools that can easily be concealed in a bag or jacket and can be silently operated in a matter of seconds. For these reasons, a cable lock should never be your main lock.

Cable locks do have their place though. They make excellent supplemental locks. One of the best ways to deter bicycle thieves is to use multiple locks on different parts of your electric bicycle. While cable locks aren’t very good on their own, using them in addition to a main lock, perhaps to lock your motor to your frame, can make a powerful deterrent to a thief that now sees two or more locks standing between him and his target. Cable locks are small and lightweight which make them easy to add to the seat post or frame and forget about them until you need to use them.

Another nice thing about cable locks is that you can get them for a great price compared to the larger locks below. A great quality Kryptonite cable lock costs just $13 and would make a great second lock.

Disc brake locks

A slight step up from a cable lock is a disc lock. Unfortunately, disk locks only work if you have disk brakes. If you have them though, this can be a great supplemental lock as well.

bike locks like this disc brake lock will help protect your ebike from theft

 

Disc brake locks work by sliding over your disc and putting a pin through one of the cooling holes in the disc. The obstruction obviously keeps the wheel from spinning. Until the lock is removed, no one can drive off with your ebike.

Like cable locks, these make terrible locks on their own. A disk lock does nothing to prevent someone from carrying off your ebike, or removing the wheel and rolling it away. But combined with a larger main lock, a disk lock is a powerful reinforcement. You should always remember to put the reminder cable, usually a bright orange or yellow color, on your handlebar when you engage the disk lock. This reminds you to remove the lock before you go riding off. Forget to take the lock off and you could seriously damage your bike.

disc bike locks should employ a reminder cable

slide one end of the reminder cable on the lock and the other end on your handlebar to remind you to remove the lock before riding away!

A disc brake lock with a motion alarm makes a great addition to any electric bicycle. The disc brake with reminder cable makes it obvious to thieves that they aren’t going to be able to ride away on your ebike, and if they even try to do a little checking around on the bike, a super loud alarm will send them packing before suspicion is aroused. A great alarm disc lock is the Xena version.

Wheel locks (Amsterdam locks)

bike locks like this wheel lock help protect your ebike

Next on the list are wheel locks, sometimes called Amsterdam locks. These locks mount above the wheel, usually the rear, and lock around the rim and tire to prevent the wheel from turning. Just don’t forget to unlock it and try to ride off with it engaged, or you’ll find some seriously damaged spokes.

Like a disc brake lock, wheel locks simply prevent the thief from being able to ride the bike, not steal it.

A nice thing about the wheel locks is that you never have to worry about carrying it or leaving it behind, it’s always attached to your bike and ready for use. But once again, these locks are only effective as a supplemental lock to a larger bicycle lock.

I recently reviewed an interesting type of wheel lock that can lock any bicycle wheel, even those without disc brakes. You can check out my review here.

U-locks

bike locks such as u locks are very strong

Now that we’ve discussed a number of supplemental locks, it’s time to check out the main attraction: full security bicycle locks. We’ll begin with the tried and true U-lock. This might be one of the most well known types of bicycle locks, perhaps outside of the cable lock. The U-lock is a single piece of steel shaped like the letter ‘U’ that fits into a locking tube at the top. Or bottom. Depends how you hold it. I guess if it’s at the bottom that would make it an n-lock.

U-locks come with a variety of advantages. They are fixed shape, meaning you don’t need to go snaking them through different parts of your frame like a cable lock or chain. The fixed shape means you can hop off your bike and be locked in seconds.

U-locks often come with special mounts to make it easy to store them on your bike while riding. Because of their narrow design, they are inherently well protected against leverage attacks. Try fitting a tool between the u-lock and a post – you don’t have a lot of room to work with. This will also depend on how you use the U-lock as well. If you have a wide lock and put it around a narrow object then you might leave enough room for a thief to use a scissor jack or long pipe and implement a lever attack. The best bet is to use the narrowest U-lock that works for your bike/area and try to leave as little room in the ‘U’ as possible.

U-locks are not without their shortcomings. They are somewhat limiting to what you can lock to. Anything wide than the ‘U’ is automatically a no-go. No decent sized trees, no concrete pillars, no telephone poles – you get the idea. Parking meters and sign posts are the best things to use a u-lock with, but sometimes you just can’t find anything of that size. And like anything else, you get what you pay for. There are some really cheap U-locks out there that can be defeated easily at the ‘U’ or the locking mechanism.

As discussed above, you should be spending at least 10% of the price of your ebike on your locking system. Your lock is your insurance. Would you really trust your $1,500 ebike to a $15 u-lock?

There are many good brands of u-locks but my favorite is the Kryptonite New York line of locks. They are pretty heavy and a pain to lug around, but that’s also what gives them their strength. Superman couldn’t break through one of those things (get it? Kryptonite?) though Lois Lane might be able to if she had a good angle grinder with a dozen replacement blades prepared.

Chain locks

bike locks and chain locks

Next on the list are chain locks. Depending on the quality of your chain, it can be weaker, just as good as, or even better than a u-lock. Chain locks are great because you can snake them through your bicycle to lock multiple components AND go around bigger objects like trees and telephone poles, giving you more options for locking.

The strength of the lock comes down to two factors: the strength of the chain and the strength of the locking mechanism itself. A good, thick hardened chain will take a while to get through with an angle grinder, as will a decent lock. Generally, you’ll want your length of chain and your lock to be two separate pieces, that way you can make sure each is made of high quality steel. You can find chain locks with a locking mechanism built right into the chain, but those are usually cheaper locks.

Many chain locks specifically made for bicycles come with a canvas cover to keep the chain from scratching the bike and reduce noise from the chain dangling around. Some people prefer to buy a length of strong chain at the hardware store, in which case the chain will be bare. The advantage of a bare chain is that it shows a potential thief, in no uncertain terms, that you’ve got a seriously strong chain that they don’t want to mess with.

You can even combine a length of strong chain with a U-lock to get the advantages of both systems. Heck, throw a disk lock or amsterdam lock on there too for peace of mind. No one will be messing with your bike anytime soon!

The exotic world of bike locks

The locks covered above are the main staples of the bicycle lock world, but there are many other types of locks out there. All sorts of bike locks have sprung up over the years, including handcuffs, folding locks, skewers, pitlocks and more. Soon I’ll be writing up an article on unique and obscure bike locks.

In the end, the name of the game in bike locks is redundancy. Anywhere you think bike thieves might target your ebike, you need multiple locks to send the message to that bike thieves might as well move on instead of gambling that they can make it through all of your locks. A strong chain or u-lock should be your first line of defense, followed by some type of supplemental lock to complete the one-two punch and send would-be bicycle thieves packing.

bike locks electric bicycle

photo credits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

The Benefits Of A Cycle Analyst (Or Other Wattmeter)

cycle analyst wattmeter ebikeschool At first glance, electric bicycles seem really simple. You sit on it, turn the throttle and zip off into the distance with a smile on your face. But underneath the hood, so to speak, there’s actually some pretty important physics going on that affect how your ebike works. Most people are oblivious to all the energy conversions and power consumption happening during a ride. By installing a Cycle Analyst or wattmeter on your ebike, you have a window to the inner workings of your machine. What are Cycle Analysts and wattmeters used for? Well, for starters they do a lot more than just measuring your watts, or instantaneous power usage. Let’s take a look at a few of the most important things a good wattmeter will inform you of during a ride.

Wattmeters measure battery consumption

A wattmeter can act like a fuel gauge for your battery. Forget those dinky little green/yellow/red LEDs on your throttle – those are crap. A wattmeter can tell you down to the decimal exactly how much of your battery’s capacity you’ve used. It constantly monitors the current flowing between your battery and controller to count the amp-hours (AH) you’ve used since your last reset. All you need to know is the actual total capacity of your battery and the Cycle Analyst or wattmeter will do the rest. If you’ve got a 12AH battery and your wattmeter is showing a consumption of 10.83 AH, it’s time to start looking for an outlet!

Know your speed and distance

Sure, you can get a bicycle computer to track your speed and distance, but then you’ve just got one more accessory cluttering up your handlebars. If you’ve already got the display of your wattmeter, why not use it to it’s full potential? Wattmeters like the Cycle Analyst are great for this because they can monitor speed and distance either through a magnetic spoke sensor or through a sensor built into the motor itself. Some cheaper wattmeters won’t be able to track distance or speed, they’ll only be able to track your electronic information. With a cheaper wattmeter you’ll be stuck needing to use a cycle computer to track your speed and distance.

Keep tabs on your instantaneous current and power

This is what most people think a wattmeter is for, measuring instantaneous current or watts. This tells you exactly how much power your battery is supplying at any given moment. One of the best ways to use this feature is to train your driving behavior to achieve better range. You’ll quickly see that acceleration and hill climbing cause the power levels to spike, while cruising at full speed on flat ground uses comparatively little power. As you accelerate, you can test different amounts of acceleration and watch how your power levels rise. By easing onto the throttle and taking a few more seconds to accelerate from a complete stop you can dramatically reduce your current levels and save more battery for a longer range.

Determine your efficiency

A good wattmeter will measure of your efficiency, and show you overall how efficiently your electric bicycle is working. A cargo ebike or super powerful ebike might use more than 50 Wh/mile while a lighter and more efficient ebike can use as little as 10-15 Wh/mi. The lower your Wh/mi figure, the longer your battery will last and the farther you can go. By trying different riding styles you can check your Wh/mi data at the end of a ride and see what effect you’ve had on your range. Some people get a bit carried away with efficiency and try to see how far they can extend their range by riding more efficiently. Things like dropping your top speed, accelerating slower and coasting to a stop can all help increase your efficiency. The king of efficiency increases on an electric bicycle will always be pedaling. With light throttle and moderate pedaling, I can push my theoretical range of my ebike to over 200 miles on a 720 watt-hour battery.

Keep track of your battery cycles

The Cycle Analyst tracks the number of reset cycles it has undergone. If you reset your Cycle Analyst every time you have fully charged your ebike, which you should do to ensure accurate battery consumption figures, then you can use this statistic to know exactly how many times you’ve charged your battery over the lifetime of your electric bicycle. This can be useful in determining the remaining lifespan of your battery as well as tracking your own ebike usage. Plus if you ever want to sell your battery and upgrade to better one, it helps to be able to say something like “The battery is in great condition, it’s only got 63 and a half charge cycles on it!” cycle analyst wattmeter Another feature on the Cycle Analyst includes a lifetime tracking of the total distance you’ve traveled and the total AH of battery you’ve used. This a really interesting statistic, especially if you use your ebike often. You’ll find it thrilling as you pass your first few thousand mi/km increment milestones. The total AH used of your battery is another good way to keep track of the life remaining in your battery, as well get an indication of the average efficiency of your bike over its entire lifetime.

Wattmeters are a valuable part of any ebike

All of this information is helpful in learning about and better understanding your electric bicycle. While you can certainly get by without knowing any of these figures, by being aware of what is happening inside your ebike, you can train yourself to be a better rider. And by keeping an eye on the performance of your ebike over time, you are much more likely to see changes in performance statistics that indicate a looming problem down the road. The more you know, the better prepared you are! photo credit 1, 2

Should I Use An Onboard Charger On My Ebike?

onboard charger

No matter how much range your electric bicycle has, eventually you’re going to have to charge it. It’s the achilles heel of every ebike, being tied to its charger like a junkie needing his next fix.

If your ebike has a removable battery then the process isn’t so bad – simply slide out the battery and bring it to your charger. But if your battery is fixed to your ebike, on the other hand, charging can be a real pain. A potential solution is to mount an ebike charger “on-board”, which has a number of advantages and disadvantages.

Why mount an onboard charger?

An onboard charger makes it much more convenient to charge your ebike’s battery, especially when the battery isn’t removable. Instead of trying to snake the charger or extension cord through a window or around your house, you can use a smaller extension cord to go straight from the outlet to your ebike, no matter where you’ve parked.

An on-board charger also gives you the freedom to charge anywhere you can find an outlet. One of the biggest problems with electric cars is “range anxiety” which is the act of worrying about always being within range of a charging station. By mounting your charger on-board, all you need to charge your ebike is an extension cord and an outlet. Suddenly any coffee shop, book store, or restaurant is a charging station. Your city just got a hundred thousand ebike charging stations! Just remember to as you ask if you can plug in your extension cord first – not everybody’s outlet is a public charging station.

An extension cord is easier to hide in a bag or basket than a bulky ebike charger, giving you more freedom when you’re out on a ride. And if you ever forget to bring an extension cord but still need a charge, many places will already have one that you can use for a quick top-off charge. Service stations and gas stations are a great option for a quick charge, just ask if they’d mind you borrowing a cord and plugging in for a few minutes.

Onboard charger disadvantages

But an on-board charger isn’t without its disadvantages as well. Chargers get hot while they operate, especially higher power chargers. If the charger is hidden in a bag or other enclosure on your ebike it could begin to overheat, causing problems and even posing a potential fire hazard.  This risk can be mitigated by making sure the charger has room to breathe.

On-board chargers also pose the risk of debris and other foreign objects entering the charger through the vent ports. One of the biggest issues is the potential for road salt, used during the winter in cold areas, to enter the charger and destroy the components inside. I’ve seen this exact problem happen multiple times.

One way around it is to install a flap of material over the air ports on your charger. While riding, the flap will remain down and cover the exhaust port. During charging, the air exiting the charger will lift the flap up and out of the way. Just make sure to use a light enough material that the exhaust air can still lift it. And don’t cover the air intake, which could cause the charger to overheat.

The best method is to point the exhaust port forward, that way the intake is pointing to the rear and less likely to pick up foreign objects. Of course you can also look for a lower power ebike charger to use instead. Low power ebike chargers don’t require a fan and are completely sealed. These chargers are great for on-board chargers but will take a little longer to charge your ebike.

onboard charger electric bicycle

This low power charger is completely sealed with no vents that would allow foreign materials to enter

Another issue with onboard chargers is battery drain. Leaving the charger connected to the battery all the time can slowly drain the battery. There are two ways to solve this problem. The first method is to unplug the charger from the battery when not in use. Depending on where you’ve mounted the charger, this option can be less appealing. Also, one of the advantages of having an on-board charger is not needing to repeatedly connect and disconnect it from the battery, so this method totally removes that advantage.

A better method is to install a switch between the ebike’s battery and charger. The switch will open the circuit to the charger any time you aren’t charging the bike. When you are ready to start charging, simply plug in your extension cord and flip the switch. When you’ve finished, turn the switch to its “off” position and unplug your extension cord.

Lastly, you need to consider the extra vibration the charger will be experiencing. electric bicycle chargers weren’t generally meant to take the bouncing around and shock forces of daily riding the way your other ebike parts can, so you’ll want to mount it accordingly. It is important to mount the charger in a way that allows for some form of shock absorption.

I like to mount a thin piece of foam between the charger and the frame. If you go with foam, just make sure not to completely surround the charger – it still needs room to breathe! Another option is to use a bag to hold the charger, since the bag will absorb most of the forces during riding.

onboard charger electric bicycle

On-board chargers come with a series of issues that need to be addressed, most importantly heat dissipation and battery drain. When you take of these issues though, an on-board ebike charger can be an elegant solution to increase your range and make charging a much more pleasant process.

photo credits 1, 2, 3

 

Pedal Assist Systems (PAS) Vs Hand Throttles

pedal assist on the throttle of an electric bicycle

It’s a debate nearly as old as electric bicycles themselves. Which is better: a pedal assist system (PAS) or a hand throttle? There is, of course, no single correct answer. It all comes down to personal preference and how you plan to use your ebike. Below we’ll discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each method to help you decide which is best for you. Spoiler alert: it’s probably a hand throttle.

Pedal assist and hand throttles; Capulets and Montagues

When it comes to the issue of pedal assist systems and hand throttles, there are strong, outspoken proponents on each half of the debate. Supporters of both sides stubbornly tout the benefits of their chosen system, rarely getting along with the other side. But before we blindly start choosing sides and sharpening our pitchforks, let’s learn about the similarities and differences between pedal assist systems and ebike throttles.

Pedal assist systems and hand throttles are both methods of controlling the speed of an ebike. PAS’s usually works with a sensor mounted on the bottom bracket or pedal crank arm that senses your pedal cadence (the better ones sense pedal torque instead of cadence) and indicates to the controller that it’s time to accelerate. Hand throttles are more like traditional motorcycle throttles in that they are mounted on the handlebar and are operated by a twisting action.

Both pedal assist systems and hand throttles come in a number of different styles. The different types of hand throttles are mostly just physical interface differences that don’t affect their outright function, while PAS’s come in a variety of forms and associated qualities.

Hand throttles, due to their familiarity and was of use, were the original form of motor control when electric bicycles were first developed. However, some countries (I’m looking at you, European Union) began passing laws regulating ebike functions and usage, including the requirement that the motor only work when the user is pedaling. In some places the laws even went as far as to outlaw hand throttles all together. This ushered in a new era of ebikes with pedal assist systems designed to fulfill the law and allow ebikes to be imported into as many countries as possible.

Pedal assist, how does it work?

Pedal assist system

The most common type of pedal assist system comprises a ring of magnets mounted on the pedal crank and a sensor fixed to the bottom bracket. As the pedal crank turns, the sensor reads the rate of pedaling. The faster the pedal cadence, the faster the controller will make the motor to spin.

This type of PAS comes with a major design flaw: the speed a rider is pedaling doesn’t necessarily represent how much power he or she needs. On flat ground, faster pedaling usually means faster speed and thus more power needed. However, pedaling up a hill requires even MORE power, yet hill pedaling speed is very slow due to the lower speed. The result is an ebike that is woefully underpowered when climbing hills, negating perhaps the most important benefit of an ebike, hill climbing.

Torque sensor pedal assist systems

A much more recent system which has improved on the older pedal assist system is a torque sensor PAS. The torque sensor is usually mounted on either the pedal crank or near the rear dropout and measures the amount of torque being applied during pedaling.

The amount of torque being applied nearly exactly matches the amount of power needed at any stage of bicycle pedaling, including acceleration, steady cruising and hill climbing. This means that a torque sensor PAS works much better than an old fashioned magnet sensor PAS. The difference you’ll experience during riding is like night and day. Not only will it make your bike feel a lot lighter on hills, it will make your wallet feel a lot lighter as well.

pedal assist torque sensor

A torque sensing bottom bracket

Ebike pedal assist advantages

But why would someone choose a pedal assist system over a throttle or vice versa? One reason could be if you live in a country where ebikes with hand throttles are not allowed. I’ve spent a few years living in Israel where the laws forbid ebikes with hand throttles from being imported. All the ebikes that come into the country come with the old fashioned cadence sensor PAS. Humorously, a lot of them come with a hand throttle in the same box but not connected to the bike. Even though it is technically illegal, the user can easily slide the hand throttle onto the handle bar and plug in the supplied wire, allowing use of both the PAS and hand throttle.

Another reason for using a pedal assist system would be for some who wants to ensure that he or she are getting exercise while using an electric bicycle. Due to the power and speed of most ebikes, many people find themselves rarely needing to pedal their ebike. In fact, unless I make a conscious effort to provide some good old fashioned assistance to my ebike, I often forget the pedals are there and simply use them as foot rests.

A pedal assist system ensures that you always have to pedal, though not very hard, to get your bike moving. This keeps you from relying 100% on the motor and throttle, giving you some healthy exercise every time you use your ebike.

Pedal assist: trouble in paradise

Many people, including yours truly, find pedal assist systems frustrating and annoying. I don’t use my ebike for exercise. I have running shoes for that. When I’m on my ebike it’s because I have somewhere I’ve got to be. I’m heading to work, making a delivery, running an errand or doing something that means I’ve got to be moving. That’s not the time that I want to worry about pretending to pedal in order to trick my bike into working for me. I want a simple, responsive and fool-proof system that is going to power my bike exactly when and how much I want, and that’s what a hand throttle is for.

Often times pedal assist systems fail to operate smoothly, resulting in quick, jerking movements. If you just want to start rolling slowly, you can easily control your acceleration with a hand throttle. But if you try to use pedal assist, you wind up with a few seconds of delay from the time you start pedaling, then a jolt as the motor kicks in abruptly. Not ideal under any circumstances.

So if you feel like you want to get some exercise, and you’re afraid an electric bicycle can be counterproductive to that goal, a pedal assist system is likely a good choice for you. If you want to use your ebike like a motorcycle for some thrill-riding fun or utilitarian transportation, a hand throttle will make your life much easier.

Note: while a compromise of having a hand throttle and a PAS together on a single electric bicycle may initially seem nice, please allow me to nip that idea in the bud. There certainly do exist ebikes like this, but I’m not a fan. The problem is that when you want to pedal a short distance, such as needing to scoot up or over at a red light, or maneuvering your electric bicycle while walking it through a door or gate, operating the pedals for a turn or two can cause the ebike to suddenly accelerate when you aren’t expecting it. Premature acceleration isn’t fun for you or anyone around you.

photo credits 1, 2, 3 

Not All Lithium Batteries Are Created Equal

lithium electric bicycle batteriesLithium batteries have become the golden standard for electric bicycles. Their light weight and long cycle life have made them a great fit for any small electric vehicles where weight and efficiency often take a premium over cost. But when it comes to choosing between all the different types of lithium batteries, most people’s heads start to spin.

Lithium batteries: you’ve got options

There are actually many different types of lithium battery chemistries that are used in electric bicycle. Some are optimized for long life, others for small size, and still others for low cost. As you might imagine, each choice has its own associated advantages and disadvantages. Let’s dive into the many options and make some sense out of it all.

First of all, let’s get some nomenclature out of the way. Lithium ion (li-ion) batteries, which some people assume are a specific type of lithium battery, actually represent a whole class of what we today just call “lithium batteries”. All the different lithium batteries used in electric bicycles today fall under the umbrella term li-ion. Within the class of li-ion batteries, we have a number of options: LiFePO4, LiMn2O4, LiNiMnCoO2 (also abbreviated NMC) and RC LiPos, to name the most common lithium chemistries.

Lithium Iron Phosphate (LiFePO4)

LiFePO4 batteries were one of the first widely used lithium batteries in ebikes. Their chemistry makes this an inherently safe, nearly fireproof lithium battery (a great feature for something that rides between your knees). LiFePO4 batteries also provide the longest cycle life of any common lithium ebike battery. Most LiFePO4 ebike batteries are rated at 2,000 charge cycles or more.

With the exception of expensive A123 battery cells, most LiFePO4 batteries are limited to fairly low discharge rates, so you can’t use them for super high powered ebike applications. They are still great for standard, everyday ebikes – just don’t try to go drag racing with them.

LiFePO4 batteries are some of the largest and heaviest of the lithium batteries. These cells also need a Battery Management System (BMS) to keep the cells from becoming unbalanced during successive charge and discharge cycles.

Lithium Manganese Oxide (LiMn2O4)

LiMn2O4 batteries have some advantages over LiFePO4 batteries. LiMn2O4 is a slightly smaller, lighter and cheaper lithium battery chemistry. It also handles charging and discharging better without becoming unbalanced, though most packs are still sold with BMS units. The downside of LiMn2O4 batteries is that they doesn’t last as long as LiFePO4 batteries, generally only 600-800 charge cycles. This means that after a couple years it will likely be time to replace your battery.

Lithium Nickel Manganese Cobalt Oxide (LiNiMnCoO2 or NMC)

NMC batteries are a nice compromise between LiMn2O4 and LiFePO4 batteries. NMC is a safe chemistry that can deliver higher power in a lighter, smaller package than the previous two chemistries. This is one of the newer ebike battery chemistries that started coming into popular use around 2013-2014 and is still continuing to gain market share. The next few years could see NMC lithium batteries become the dominant lithium chemistry in the electric bicycle industry.

RC LiPos (LiCo)

Lithium Cobalt, often referred to as RC LiPo batteries due to their prevalent use in the remote controlled (RC) airplane industry, have gotten a bad rep for their ability to violently explode into a flame-spewing nightmare when over-charged/over-discharged/over-heated/punctured/dropped or basically fooled around with in any non-approved manner.

lipo battery explosion electric bicycle

Now imagine this happening on the bike between your legs

In recent years some improvements have been made, but this is still a lithium chemistry that should only be handled by those with proper understanding of the correct operating procedures for LiPo batteries. The batteries have become popular due to their small size, incredibly low weight, super high power output and low cost. Basically, if they weren’t known to turn into expensive little bombs, they’d be the perfect chemistry.

Oh, that and they only last a couple hundred charge cycles. But hey, you can’t have everything in one lithium chemistry!

The future has a lot in store for ebike batteries

New types of lithium batteries are being introduced all the time, with some finding success only in the lab while others make it into real world products and eventually onto electric bicycles. In the next few years we’ll likely see further improvements that will end up leaving us talking about the above four chemistries with nostalgic charm as we remember the way ebikes used to be. Until then, these are the main types of lithium batteries you’ll see in ebikes today.

Who knows what tomorrow has in store for the battery universe.

photo credit 1

How Wheel Size Affects Your Ebike

electric bicycle wheel size
Whether you are converting a standard bicycle into an electric bicycle or buying a ready-to-ride commercial ebike, one of the many choices you’ll have to make is the wheel size on your ebike. While it might seem trivial compared to other issues like battery voltage and motor power ratings, your electric bicycle’s wheel size will have a big impact on how it rides and handles.

Bicycle wheels come in many different sizes. The standards range from tiny 12 inch diameter wheels up to massive 29 inch diameter wheels. When it comes to an electric bicycle though, you’ll likely have one of three options: 16, 20 or 26 inch. A few tiny folding ebikes come with 12 inch wheels, but those are so rare that we won’t cover them here. If you’re curious though, just take all the disadvantages of 16 inch wheels listed below and amplify them.

Now back to the regular wheels sizes. Like nearly every important decision you’ve ever made or ever will make, each wheel size has its own advantages and disadvantages.

Breakdown of electric bicycle wheel sizes

First let’s look at when you might encounter these wheel sizes. A 16 inch wheel will almost definitely be found on a folding bicycle (unless you’re trying to electrify your little niece’s 16 inch “Dora the Explorer” bike). Folding bicycles use smaller wheels to reduce weight and keep the folded size as compact as possible.

Similarly, 20 inch wheels will also likely be found on a folding bike, and are much more common than 16 inch wheels. There are also many non-folding bikes with 20 inch wheels, such as BMX and children’s bicycles, but the one’s you’ll likely be looking at for an electric conversion or retail ebike will most likely be folding bicycles. If you don’t want a folding bicycle, you can pretty much rule out 16 and 20 inch wheels right now.

On the other end of the wheel spectrum, 26 inch wheels are the most common wheel size and can be found on everything from mountain bikes to road bikes to beach cruisers. There are even a few folding 26 inch wheel bicycles out there, if that’s your thing. (If you plan on paratrooping into a war zone but want to bring a full size electric bicycle with you, consider starting with this bike for your next ebike conversion.)

Effects of wheel size on ride quality

Now let’s look at what these different size wheels mean for your ride. One of the main advantages of larger wheels is their ability to roll over obstacles easier. This is due to something called the “angle of attack” of the wheel. Imagine a 1 inch thick stick in the road. It would be difficult for a 2 inch skateboard wheel to climb over this obstacle. On the other hand, a 26 inch bicycle wheel can climb it easily, because the angle of attack compared to the axle is much lower for the bicycle wheel. This becomes important for many different types of riding, including taking your ebike off-road where you’ll encounter rocks and roots or riding in cities where you’re dealing with curbs and pot holes. The larger your wheels the easier and more comfortably you’ll roll over obstacles and imperfections in your path.

electric bicycle wheel size

Potholes are another good way to demonstrate this principle. Imagine a pothole that is 8 inches wide. A 16 inch bicycle wheel will fall fairly deep into that hole, which would be quite jarring for the bike and rider. A 26 inch wheel will pass over the hole with much less tire dropping down inside, resulting in a much smoother ride.

electric bicycle wheel size

Another advantage of larger wheels is their ability to better store inertia. Once you get up to speed on a 26 inch bicycle, letting go of the throttle will result in a longer period of coasting than on a 20 inch bicycle, assuming everything else is equal (motor, battery, etc). It also takes less energy to maintain constant speed on larger wheels because they store their inertia better.

Big wheels also come with their own disadvantages though. They require the bicycle to have a longer wheel base, resulting in reduced maneuverability. Whether you’re wiggling down a trail or zig-zagging between pedestrians on the sidewalk, small wheels and a shorter wheelbase will give you increased maneuverability, especially at lower speeds. Conversely, larger wheels and a longer wheelbase are more stable at higher speeds.

Big wheels are also slower to accelerate. You’ve got a lot of mass sitting further away from the center of the wheel, meaning the moment of inertia of the wheel is greater. This results in slower and less efficient acceleration than smaller wheels. Bigger wheels also transfer less torque to the ground for the same motor compared to a smaller wheel.

What it all comes down to is a comparison of the advantages and disadvantages of each wheel size and determining how that stacks up against your own needs. If maneuverability and a small package is key for you, a folding bike with 16 or 20 inch wheels will do the trick. If ride comfort and efficiency at speed is more important to you then you’ll definitely want to stick to larger wheels. At the end of the day, the best ebike wheels are the ones you have.

photo credit 1

How To Increase Your Ebike’s Range

increase your ebike rangeSo you love your electric bicycle, but wouldn’t it be nice if you could go just a bit farther on a charge? Ebike batteries are constantly being improved as new technology is developed, but it seems that no matter how far you can go, a little more ebike range is always better.

The good news is that there are a number of simple things you can do to improve your ebike range and eek out every last electron from your battery. While you can always upgrade parts on your electric bicycle to increase your range, simple riding behavioral changes can also have a huge impact on your ebike’s range and give you the best bang for your buck!

1. Go easy on the throttle

I know, it’s fun to twist the throttle all the way back and fly off into the sunset, or just tear away from the traffic light. But each time you accelerate you are using comparatively way more energy than just standard cruising. If you have a CycleAnalyst or other watt meter, you’ll see that cruising on flat ground might pull 5 or 10 amps, while accelerating can easily max you out at your controller’s limit, often 20 or 30 amps.

 

increase ebike range

Instead of going full throttle when you want to accelerate, try to ease into the throttle and accelerate a bit slower. By taking a few seconds longer to get up to speed, you keep the amount of power used by your battery much lower. This not only leaves more energy in the battery for a longer ride, it also helps keep the battery cooler, which lets it use that same energy more efficiently. And better efficiency = better ebike range.

Check out my article about how you can increase your ebike range just by keeping your battery cool.

2. Try to pedal while you accelerate

Because acceleration is the heaviest single use of battery power on your electric bicycle, if you pedal for even a few seconds as you accelerate you can cut your energy usage during that phase by as much as half. That translates to some pretty big energy savings, especially if you are riding in a lot of stop and go traffic.

A lot of people get addicted to the throttle and don’t like to pedal, but think of it as a few seconds of free exercise that also extends your ebike range (and keeps you from having to pedal later when your battery runs down).

3. Coasting drastically increases your ebike range

When you know you’ll be coming to a stop ahead, such as before a traffic light or stop sign, let off the throttle in advance and coast to the stop. Riding full throttle until the moment you start braking is wasting precious battery energy. You have to come to a stop anyways, why not save your energy by cutting the throttle an extra 50 yards ahead of your stop?

It might add a few more seconds to your total trip time, but if you can’t live without those three or four seconds, perhaps your ebike range isn’t your biggest worry in life.

4. Slow down a bit (and enjoy life)

If you aren’t in a hurry and you aren’t trying to keep up with traffic for safety reasons, try slowing down just a tad. Even a couple miles per hour will make a significant decrease in the amount of energy you are using to maintain that speed.

Energy use vs speed isn’t linear, so dropping your speed by just 5% is actually saving a good deal more than 5% of your energy. In other words, slowing down a couple miles per hour can have a big affect on your ebike range.

5. Keep your tires pumped up

ebike range

Tires that are kept at their maximum air pressure rating have less rolling resistance, meaning your battery wastes less energy getting you moving. I’m still trying to find a study of bicycle tire pressure vs energy usage, but similar studies conducted using car tires have consistently indicated an increase in range of about 3%.

If this data holds true for bicycles as well, that means if you have a current ebike range of 30 kilometers, keeping your tires maxed out could add an entire kilometer to your range. Who wouldn’t take an extra kilometer for free?

6. Use regenerative braking if your ebike has it

Renegerative braking on an electric bicycle is only possible with direct drive (gearless) hub motors, but if you have it, make sure you use it. And make sure you use it smart by braking ahead of time as you come up to red lights or stops signs so that the majority of braking can be done with the motor. To do this, only squeeze the brake lever enough to activate the regenerative braking and not enough to apply your brake pads to the rim or disc. Keep in mind this is only for when you have time to brake leisurely. If you need to stop quickly, of course make liberal use of your brakes!

On my bike I can get as much as 5% energy savings with regenerative braking. This means whatever my ebike range would have been, I can go 5% farther thanks to my regenerative braking gains.

7. Keep your battery fully charged whenever possible

Lithium batteries, like any battery, will obviously get the most range when they are completely topped off at 100% charge. You aren’t going to go as far on half a tank, so to speak.

Some people get by with just charging their battery once a week if they are only making short trips throughout the week. The problem with this method is that the battery sits in a partially discharged state for much of its life. This means that if you suddenly want (or need) to make a long trip, you could be in trouble.

My rule of thumb is “if you used your bike that day, charge it that night”.

When I come home from a ride, my battery generally goes right on the charger. This also helps me not forget to charge the night before and end up waking to a mostly discharged battery in the morning. That feeling isn’t the worst thing in the world, but it’s close.

charge often to increase your ebike range

8. Keep a second, smaller charger on your ebike

I like to use a powerful charger with a big cooling fan at home (even though my wife hates the noisy fan…) but I sometimes take a smaller charger with me if I know I’ll be out somewhere with a place to charge after a long trip. This just helps me keep my battery topped off. Even putting 10-20% back into your battery during the day will help keep the health of your battery up, not to mention adding 10-20% to your ebike’s range.

All of these tips should help you increase the range of your electric bike without breaking the bank. If you have the money and really want to increase your ebike’s range, there is no substitute for a second battery!

 photo credits 1,2

How To Fix A Flat Tire On An Ebike

Flat tire electric bicycle

Fixing a flat tire on an ebike can be a bit of a pain, especially if the flat tire is in a hub motor wheel. The best method is to try and avoid flat tires to begin with, but if you’ve already found yourself stuck with a flat tire, here’s how to fix it.

We’ll assume the flat tire is in the hub motor wheel. If it’s not, follow the same steps but you can ignore all the stuff about the motor/wire/etc and just focus on the wheel.

Start by turning the ebike off and flipping it over so it rests on the handlebars and seat. I also like to take the battery out first to make the ebike lighter and ensure the ebike doesn’t accidentally switch on while I’m working on it. Also, consider laying down a blanket first to keep from scratching your seat, rack, handlebars, etc. Don’t forget to flip down any mirrors or other handlebar accessories that could interfere with the bars resting squarely on the ground.

If you have rim brakes, open them so they don’t get in the way of the tire or rim. If you have disc brakes, they’re fine the way they are.

Loosen the axle nuts on either side of the hub motor until the hub motor’s axles are free to wiggle up and out of the dropouts. You may need to remove a torque arm, if you have one mounted on your motor and it interferes with removing the axles from the dropouts.

If your hub motor has a connector close to the motor, disconnect it so that you can pull the wheel all the way out and separate it from the bike. This will make the rest of the job much easier.

Make sure you remember to cut any cable ties that holding the motor wire to the frame so you don’t accidentally stress the wire by pulling it while it’s still attached.

If your motor wire doesn’t have any in-line connector, the rest of the steps will be a bit more difficult. It is still quite doable, but you’ll have to perform each step while the motor is still wired to the bike. Just start by taking the tire off the rim on the side opposite the wire, usually the non-chain side. Next, pull the inner tube out of the tire, including the valve stem from the rim.

Get your new tube ready with a little bit of air in it, but don’t inflate it enough to start stretching like a balloon. Just give it a little bit of air to make it less like a wet noodle and easier to handle.

With your new tube within reach, use one hand to lift up the wheel so the axles clear the drop outs and use the other hand to pull the old tube out (or you could just cut it out to make this step simpler). Now, while the wheel is still up in the air and axles are clear of the dropouts, grab the new tube and squeeze it between the axle and the frame with enough room to clear so that it won’t get pinched when you let the motor down. Now slowly lower the motor back into the dropouts. If the axle flats don’t quite align, use a 10mm or adjustable wrench to rock the axle back and forth a bit until it slides down into the dropouts.

Now work the new tube into the tire, inserting the new valve stem through the rim. Reseat the tire bead in the rim and slowly inflate the tire to the proper PSI, checking that the bead is seating evenly all around the wheel on both sides.

If your motor wire had an in-line connector, you can disconnect the hub motor wheel entirely and do all of these steps either on the ground or work bench, which will make it easier and more comfortable.

Assuming everything looks good, meaning your wheel aligns nicely and the tire is properly seated, close the axle nuts and your brakes. If everything went back just as you had it, your brakes should still be aligned just how they were before you started. If your brakes are now rubbing, check to make sure the axle is seated all the way down on both sides.

Once you’ve got everything closed and set perfectly, flip the bike back over and you’re ready to get back out on the road! And if you want to try to avoid getting a flat tire next time, check out my article on tips to never get a flat tire again!

photo credits 1

How Much Power Does An Electric Bicycle Need?

Electric bicycle power - probably not this high!This is perhaps one of the most often asked questions I get from people looking to build or buy their first ebike. There are many different electric bicycle power ratings out there which can be confusing to a beginner.

250 watt, 500 watt, 1,000 watt, 36V, 48V….. what does it all mean?!

Well the first thing to know is that not all electric bicycles are created equally. Even two ebikes that both claim to be the same power or ‘wattage’ level can actually be fairly different ‘under the hood’. I’ve written specifically about the myth of the ebike wattage, but I’ll cover it briefly here.

Generally speaking, the higher the wattage, the higher your electric bicycle power will be. However, many ebikes are labeled differently than their actual power level, whether it be for marketing gimmicks, to sneak higher powered ebikes past laws and regulations, or a whole host of other reasons. You’ll want to check with the manufacturer to determine the actual wattage of an electric bicycle, which will come down to two numbers: the voltage of the battery multiplied by the peak current limit (in amps) of the controller.

A common electric bicycle setup is a 36V (volt) battery and a 15A (amp) controller. Wattage is just voltage multiplied by current, so 36 volts x 15 amps = 540 watts. In this case, we are looking at an ebike of approximately 500 watts. Do the math just like this on any electric bicycle to determine just how much power that specific ebike is capable of delivering.

Electric Bicycle Power Equation

But how much electric bicycle power is necessary?

How much ebike power do you actually need? The answer will mostly depend on two factors: your weight and whether you will be riding up many decent-sized hills. The heavier you are, the more power you need to accelerate the ebike. The steeper and longer the hill you are trying to climb, the more power you need to get up the hill.

My wife, for example, is quite comfortable on her 24V, 250 watt ebike. This is a very low powered electric bicycle, but she only weighs about 110 lbs (50 kg) and we live in a flat city, so she doesn’t have to worry about hills. If we lived in a hilly area, she’d likely need closer to 350-400 watts of power, which could better be achieved by an ebike with a 36V battery. An electric bicycle with a 36V battery and 12A controller would output a peak power of 432 watts (36V x 12A = 432W) which would be plenty to scoot her up a decent sized hill.


My wife enjoying her 250W ebike

I weigh about 150 lbs (68 kg) and my wife’s 250 watt electric bicycle feels a bit sluggish to me. A 500 watt ebike, such as an ebike with a 36V battery and 15A controller would be about the minimum comfortable level for me, assuming I’m on flat ground.

Of course, I enjoy a sportier, faster accelerating ebike so I ride an ebike with a 48V battery and 20A controller, giving me about 1,000 watts of power to my direct drive hub motor. That’s more than I need at my weight in a flat city, but if I lived in a really hilly city, that would be a quite appropriate power level. As it stands, in my flat terrain city, 1,000W leaves me some wiggle room for strong accelerations and occasionally towing a bicycle trailer, though I generally don’t use anywhere near 1,000W for my daily driving needs.

Power requirements go up quickly for folks weighing over 220 lbs (100 kg). In a flat area, a 750 watt ebike should be plenty, though acceleration will be notably slower. In a hilly area, a 1,000 watt ebike would be the minimum. Heavy riders climbing serious hills might even have to push past a 20A controller to 25A or 30A combined with a 48V battery to get 1250-1500 watts of power, depending on the specifics of their weight and terrain. Once you start getting above a 1,000W electric bicycle, over heating issues can start to come into play on especially long uphill rides.

The best way to know for sure what electric bicycle power level you need is to do a test ride on a few ebikes of different power levels and determine what feels best. On flat ground an underpowered ebike won’t really be too much of an issue; it will simply result in sluggish performance. Trying to ride an underpowered ebike up a steep hill, especially with a heavy rider, can risk causing damage to the ebike by burning out the motor or connectors. If you feel like your power is disappearing as you ride up a hill, that’s a sign the ebike is working too hard you need a higher power setup.

Lastly, think about cargo. A loaded backpack shouldn’t be an issue, but if you want to carry child seats or pull a trailer, consider bumping up to the next higher power level to ensure you have the power you need when it counts. I personally like to err on the higher power ebike side. If you don’t use the extra power all the time, that’s fine of course. But when you really need it, you’ll be happy that extra power is there.

This guys needs some serious electric bicycle power levels

Yea, you’re going to need more than 250 watts…

photo credit 1,2

Geared Hub Motors Vs Gearless Hub Motors

rear gearless hub motor ebikeschool

A powerful direct-drive hub motor

There are two main types of hub motors currently on the market: geared and gearless hub motors (gearless hub motors are also called “direct drive” hub motors). Due to the lack of gears, direct drive hub motors are the simpler of the two, so we’ll start with those.

Gearless (direct drive) hub motors

In a direct drive hub motor, the axle that passes through the center of the motor is actually the axle of the motor itself, with the copper windings fixed to the axle. This whole axle assembly is called the “stator”. The magnets are mounted to the outer shell of the hub motor. When electricity is applied to the stator a magnetic field is induced that causes the magnets to move. This in turn makes the whole shell of the motor turn and propels the ebike forward.

inside a gearless hub motor

Inside a gearless direct-drive hub motor

Geared hub motors

Geared hub motors, on the other hand, have their cases connected to the stator through a planetary gear reduction system. For every rotation of the case, the motor inside actually turns many times faster. This allows the motor to work at higher and more efficient speeds, while still allowing the wheel to spin at a comparatively slower driving speed.

geared hub motor demonstration

simulation of a planetary gear reduction system

How do geared and gearless hub motors compare?

Direct drive hub motors are capable of providing large amounts of torque and power. This makes them especially well suited for higher performance ebikes. Direct drive motors are usually big and heavy which adds to overall bike weight and decreases range. On the upside, this extra mass helps the motor to keep from overheating as easily because the thermal mass of the motor functions as a heat sink.

Light duty direct drive hub motors, like many found on eBay and other auction sites, are usually rated at 500 watts but can usually be operated safely at up to 1,000 watts. Bigger direct drive motors, such as Nine Continent style hub motors, are usually rated at 1,000 watts but can handle even higher power levels.

Geared hub motors are smaller and lighter than direct drive motors, which can help with increasing range, but they are also less powerful and can wear out more quickly. Most geared hub motors are only rated up to 350 watts of power, though the larger Bafang BPM geared hub motor has a rating up to 500 watts and has been successfully used on ebikes up to 1,000 watts, though with a shorter life expectancy (of the motor that is, not the rider).

Some people have had success increasing the lifespan of the plastic gears inside geared hub motors by replacing one of the three plastic planetary gears with a metal gear. This allows the metal gear to take the brunt of the stress, saving the other two plastic gears and extending the usable life of the hub motor. This generally makes the motor a little louder – though this is rarely a deal breaker.

internal plastic gears in a geared hub motor

Three plastic gears transfer power inside a geared hub motor

Choosing between a geared or direct drive hub motor usually comes down to two considerations: your power and weight requirements. If you are envisioning your electric bicycle with a lightweight setup in mind, you are pretty much limited to a geared hub motor. If you are looking for a powerful ebike, especially an ebike over 1000 watts, your best option is the direct drive hub motor.

photo credit 1, 2,

Front Hub Motors Vs Rear Hub Motors

front hub motor ebikeschoolWhen it comes to installing a hub motor, you’ve only got two options: a front hub motor or a rear hub motor. (There are actually a few electric bicycles with hub motors mounted as mid-drive motors, but that’s outside the scope of this article.) If you search around, you’ll probably find that the same hub motors are offered in both front and rear hub motor kits, begging the question “what’s the difference?”

Hub motors: weight matters

There are few issues to consider when deciding between a front or rear hub motor. Let’s start with weight.

Generally speaking, you want to try to spread the weight of your electric bicycle out as much as possible, front to back. You don’t want to have all the weight located in one area. Most batteries are mounted in the middle or rear of an ebike, meaning that a front hub motor helps spread the weight forward and can improve weight distribution of your electric bicycle.

Bicycles with heavy rear hub motors and batteries also mounted far to the rear, such as on a rear rack, are prone to “popping wheelies” during acceleration. This is especially true if the motor has fairly high torque and/or the wheels are smaller diameter.

rear hub motor wheelie

oops!

While it may sound fun, this wheelie behavior can become rather annoying when it happens every time you accelerate after a red light or stop sign. It can also be dangerous if it happens when you aren’t expecting it, such as on a slight uphill. Letting someone test ride your ebike and having them flip it over on the first try isn’t good either.

Traction is affected by hub motor placement

Traction is another important consideration. While moving a hub motor forwards to the front wheel solves the problem of weight distribution, it can cause a different problem: traction control. Because there is already very little weight on the front wheel of the ebike, compared to the rear, a front hub motor has less traction.

The higher the voltage and the smaller the wheel, the more likely you are to “peel out” during acceleration with a front hub motor. 36V hub motors on a 26” can still usually get decent traction, but a 20” front hub motor wheel will almost definitely experience a spinning front tire, as will a 48V hub motor on any wheel size.

Most of your body weight is supported by the rear wheel of the bike, which is why a rear hub motor will get much more traction than a front hub motor. It would be very difficult to get a rear hub motor wheel spinning freely on a dry road with nearly any motor running at 48V or less. If you’re one of the guys pushing the limits of high voltage and high power ebikes, you can get about any wheel to spin though.

Hub motors and flat tires

Another thing to think about are flat tires. You are more likely to pick up road debris resulting in a puncture to your rear tire than your front tire.

Why? Because your front tire often kicks up objects laying on the road, such as nails, glass shards, staples, etc that were initially laying flat. They don’t cause much harm to the front tire since their flat surface isn’t sharp. Once they bounce up from the impact of your front tire though, every now and again you’ll be unlucky enough to have it land perfectly aligned to spear your rear tire as it gets passed over for the second time.

Flat tires are much more annoying to fix in a hub motor wheel than a standard wheel, so if you’ve got a rear wheel hub motor, you may find yourself with an annoying flat tire repair down the road. Regardless of whether you go with a front or rear hub motor, my article on avoiding flat tires can help you make this a non-issue.

Consider your hub motor installation

Another advantage of front hub motors is that they are easier to install than rear hub motors. You don’t have to worry about transferring over the freewheel or trying to adjust your derailleur to get rid of that funny chain noise.

With a front hub motor, you simply swap the tire on the wheel and place the motor back into the dropouts. Front hub motor installations are easier than pie, whatever that means.

Rear hub motors still have their advantages

Don’t count out rear hub motors just yet. Many people like their electric bicycle to look like a standard bicycle without any dead giveaways of their “assistance”, so to speak. Many small hub motors nearly disappear behind the gears of a rear wheel, and are often covered by the disc as well. This gives the bike an extra stealthy look and hides the dead giveaway of a naked front hub motor.

Powerful hub motors are also more appropriate for a rear installation because the higher power can be better handled by stronger dropouts in the rear of the bike.

Rear hub motor ebikeschool

Would you ever guess this bike has a rear hub motor?

So while front hub motors are easier to install, get fewer flat tires and help spread the weight around, but rear hub motors get better traction, provide smoother acceleration and can appear stealthier.

In practice, many small, weaker hub motors are used in the front of the bike to take advantage of the weight distribution while avoiding issues of tire spin due to the weaker motor, while larger more powerful hub motors are placed in the rear to take advantage of the gains in traction. In the end, it’s all about what works best for you.

photo credit 1, 2

Friction Drive Electric Bicycles: What’s That About?

friction drive
In the world of electric bicycles, one type of motor drive reigns supreme: the hubmotor. Sure, mid-drive ebikes are slowly gaining momentum, but hubmotors are king right now. And if hubmotors are king, then that makes friction drive electric bicycles the lowly cousin, still part of the royal family but never destined for the thrown.

Perhaps I’m being hard on friction drive electric bicycles. Let’s take a step back and look at the evolution of the friction drive to get a more fair assessment. First, some mechanics.

Friction drives, like their name would imply, work by powering the bike through a friction connection. This usually manifests itself in a roller on the rear wheel of the bike. The roller is connected to the output shaft of the motor, or even occasionally is the motor shell itself. Some type of abrasive coating is applied to the roller to help it grip the tire, and some method of tensioning is applied to help the roller stay connected to the tire. When the throttle is engaged, the roller spins the tire which in turn powers the ebike.

Simple, right?

Friction drives were popular in the early days of the modern electric bicycle. A great example is the EV Warrior ebike, which was a California designed, Mexican produced dual motor friction drive ebike designed to help automakers in California adhere to a law requiring a certain number of sales of electric vehicles in all car dealerships in the state.

friction drive electric bicycles like this EV warrior

The EV Warrior in all its 1990’s glory

The EV Warrior had two opposing motors powering a friction drive roller over the rear wheel, a long frame designed for cruising at high speed and an all around reliable setup. Alas, under pressure from the oil companies, the California Air Resources Board backpedaled on their tough electric vehicle legislation and the rest is history. Friction drives fell back into obscurity as mid drives and hubmotors became the new kids on the block, winning praise and finding an audience all over Asia and then after a few more years in Europe and the Americas too.

Friction drive electric bicycles fall into obscurity

So why did friction drive electric bicycles lose out to hubmotors? Friction drive ebikes have a number of problems inherent to the friction drive that hubmotors and mid-drives simply don’t have.

The first major problem is efficiency. Powering a wheel by rubbing on the tire simply isn’t a highly efficient way to get around. A lot of energy is lost as heat and scraping off bits of rubber, which brings us to our next point: tire wear.

Friction drives are tough on tires. A normal bicycle tire only makes contact once every revolution. A point on the tire touches the ground, spins around, and repeats. On a friction drive electric bicycle, the tire now has two points of contact for each revolution, and one of those points of contact is a screaming, 3,000 RPM rough and jagged steel roller. Tires tend to wear out pretty quickly under those conditions.

Another downfall of friction drive electric bicycles is that the system isn’t an all weather solution. Friction drives only work when there is sufficient friction between the roller and the tire. Get a little water on the tire and suddenly the coefficient of friction drops considerably. All it takes to sideline a friction drive can be riding through a puddle of water.

Rainy day? Forget about it.

Snow? Good luck with that.

If you live in sunny southern California, you might have been able to get away with a friction drive electric bicycle. But anywhere else in the country that gets even sporadic rainfall and you’ll find yourself leaving your ebike in the garage more often than you’d like.

Tire choice is also pretty limited. Many people like to use mountain bike tires that have knobby tread patterns and give better grip for riding on dirt or gravel paths. There are many hybrid tires that have a good combination of smooth tread for roads and knobs for trails. Most of these tires won’t work as well with friction drives because you need a fairly flat and regular tread to interface with the friction roller and still get any reasonable degree of efficiency.

Friction drive electric bicycles are making a comeback

Friction drives certainly have their downfalls, but that’s not to say that newer versions of friction drives haven’t been improving. Two members of Endless Sphere, Kepler and adrian_sm, have been developing a new generation of friction drives based on RC airplane motors which promise higher efficiencies and less tire wear. These new designs weigh in at only a few pounds, self regulate the pressure between the roller and the tire, and use motors that operate more efficiently. The jury is still out on how much better these designs work when the tire gets wet.

A new commercial, easy to install friction drive kit called the Rubbee is also taking a shot at the market. Its slick design incorporates the motor, battery and controller all into one unit to make installation easy and painless. Well, almost painless, if you don’t count the $1,200 sticker shock. friction drive electric bicycles like this rubber drive are making a comeback For the time being though, unless you’re looking to build something custom and already have a bunch of appropriate parts laying around or want to fork over the cash for a retail friction drive electric bicycle kit, consider a nice hubmotor or mid-drive electric bicycle kit instead.

photo credits 1, 2, 3

Extend Your Electric Bicycle’s Range By Keeping Your Battery Cool

increase your electric bicycle's range by keeping your battery cool

Everyone wants their electric bicycle to go further. And it doesn’t matter how far your ebike can go; we always want that extra mile.

Sure, the best way to increase your electric bicycle’s range is to install to a larger battery, but upgrading the battery isn’t the only way to get more range. There are many ways to increase your battery’s range including the simple but important method of keeping your battery cool.

Electric bicycle batteries heat up. It’s a fact of life.

It is natural for lithium batteries found in electric bicycles to heat up as they work. This is normal for any lithium battery. However, it is also the nature of lithium batteries to decrease in efficiency as they heat up – and efficiency is the name of the game when trying to increase your electric bicycle’s range.

As your battery decreases in efficiency, it has to use more of its stored energy to power your ebike the same distance. By using more energy, it heats up even more. This continues the vicious cycle while robbing your lithium battery of its own energy and cutting into your electric bicycle’s range.

So what can be done? The answer: cooling.

The best way to improve the efficiency of your battery and get every last electron out of it is to keep it cool while it is operating. The easiest method to accomplish this is with passive air cooling. Passive air cooling just means having air running over your batter while riding to help cool the battery down.

Many people keep their battery stored in a bag in the center of their bicycle frame or in panniers on either side of the rear wheel. While convenient for holding a battery, the bag is also trapping heat inside the battery. The fabric limits the amount of air that flows through as you drive, allowing the battery to heat up.

Even worse are some of the custom cases people build to house their batteries. Big plastic or wooden boxes are great at securing batteries to the ebike but also serve as giant insulators, eliminating any chance for air flow. If you’ve got your batteries in a sealed box on your electric bicycle, try sticking your hand in there at the end of a long ride. It probably feels like a low-grade oven – the opposite of what you want.

A much better option from a cooling standpoint would be an aluminum hard case battery pack. The air inside the aluminum case still heats up as the battery is operating but the aluminum allows it transfer much of that heat out of the case via convection. Aluminum case batteries also mount directly to the frame or rack of the ebike, meaning they are exposed to the air flowing over them instead of being sequestered in a bag or scooter case.

Shrink wrapped batteries don’t have a native mounting solution and are thus often relegated to those bags and custom cases on the back of an electric bicycle. But even in this case, there are measures that can be taken to improve the air flow and get much needed cooling to the battery. Try drilling some holes in the front and back of your scooter case or custom battery box to allow air to flow through. If  you use a bag, try cutting some vent holes in a non structural area of the bag. You’ll notice the difference in air temperature inside the case or bag at the end of your next ride, and your battery will thank you!

If you mount your batteries in panniers on either side of your rear wheel, consider getting metal cage panniers instead of bags. The cages will provide more rigid support and will allow air to flow through uninhibited, cooling your battery and helping it run more efficiently.

increase your electric bicycle's range by keeping your batteries cool

Mesh paniers or baskets increase air flow

Increase your electric bicycle’s range with more air flow

It’s all about keeping the temperature of the battery down and getting more air flowing to it. Since we probably aren’t going to be building custom, turbulent flow oil filled battery enclosures any time soon, passive air cooling is our best bet at keeping our batteries cool and getting the most out of your electric bicycle’s range.

photo credit 1, 2

Electric Bicycle Safety Tips

electric bicycle safety tips Electric bicycles are a great way to get around, save money and protect the environment – all while having a blast. But as fun as ebikes are to ride, they still require attention to the best electric bicycle safety practices to ensure your fun rides can continue safely for as long as possible. Many electric bicycle safety tips are similar for standard cycling, but there are also some ebike specific tips that you should pay attention to each time you hit the road.

1. Wear a helmet

This tip is pretty simple but could save your life one day. I won’t go into too much detail here because I have a whole article dedicated to the helmet discussion. Let’s just suffice it to say, if your head is going to go bouncing off a car windshield or scraping along the road surface, it’s probably best that it be covered by something more than a baseball cap.

electric bicycle safety tips

I like to use a full face helmet with a face shield that flips up. These give you lots of benefits including:

  • all around protection
  • sun protection (tinted screen and the upper lip physically blocks the sun from your eyes)
  • keeps you warm in the winter
  • walking around with it gives the impression that you ride something cooler than an ebike (if such a thing exists)Full face helmets do have some downsides though, including higher cost, somewhat limited visibility and that they get HOT in the summer. I often switch back to a regular bicycle helmet in the summer.

2. Use your lights

Most deadly bicycle accidents happen at night. How do you protect yourself when the sun goes down? It’s simple: put lights on your bike. The more the better. Those dinky reflectors that came on your bike simply aren’t good enough. Do you really want to pin your hopes for survival on a flimsy piece of plastic designed to be the cheapest way to minimally fulfill an outdated law?

Use at least one blinking front (white) and rear (red) LED light on your ebike. Even better, put more than one of each. An additional light on your helmet is even better. Spoke lights are great too. Anything that makes you more visible at night will greatly decrease your chances of being hit by a car.  For more info on ebike lights, check out my article “Put the Right Lights on Your Ebike”.

3. Use warning devices

Install both a bell AND a horn on your bike. Bells are for warning pedestrians and horns are for warning cars (don’t mix them up, pedestrians don’t like getting blasted by an air horn). You’ll notice I said “air horn”. Leave the rubber ended trumpet for the clown cars.

What you are looking for is a bicycle air horn such as the awesome AirZounds bike horn. These suckers are LOUD. I thought I had damaged my hearing the first time I blasted it indoors while removing it from the packaging. An air horn is what you need to alert drivers to your position when they try to merge on top of you or start pulling out ahead of you. My AirZound horn has saved me from multiple close-calls and probably even a few collisions.

4. Ride on the proper side of the road, with traffic, not against it

electric bicycle safety tips

Don’t be this guy – ride in the correct direction of the road!

This might sound obvious, but a lot of people believe it’s better to ride against traffic so that you see cars coming towards you and they can’t sneak up and hit you from behind. However, that type of rear end bicycle collision is incredibly rare compared to all other types of bicycle accidents. One study I read stated that those types of rear-ended-by-a-passing-car collisions make up just 2% of all bicycle traffic accidents.

Statistically speaking, you have a much higher chance of being hit by a car pulling out onto the road that didn’t see you because he didn’t check for traffic coming the WRONG way. Stick to riding with traffic and not against it.

5. Take the lane

On an ebike, ride in the lane if you can travel the posted speed limit of the road. Traffic in many urban areas, especially downtown and business centers, rarely surpasses 25-30 mph, and is often much less during peak hours due to stop-and-go traffic. It’s much safer for you to ride in the lane with the cars so that they can see you than trying to hug the curb and getting passed by cars.

Also, when cars pull out onto the road, they check the middle of the road for other cars and often miss a bicyclist who is riding on the extreme edge of the road. Giving yourself more space between you and the curb also provides you with room to work with should you find yourself needing to make any sudden evasive maneuvers. Lastly, it removes the chance of getting ‘doored’ by a parked car, which happens when a parallel parked car opens its door before you have a chance to move out of the way. At low speed these collisions are annoying and result in damages; at high speed on an ebike they have been known to be deadly.

6. Keep your tires properly inflated

ebike range

Not only does this help you improve your ebike range, but it will also give you better control should you need to react quickly to avoid a collision. Keep your tires topped off so you have the best chance to staving off a crash when milliseconds count. While you’re at it, check your tire tread and make sure your tires aren’t bald. Worn tires and ebikes are a bad combination due to all that extra power you’re packing. You definitely don’t want to lose grip with the road when you need it most (or pretty much ever, for that matter.)

7. Be a defensive driver

Drive defensively and assume other drivers are out to get you. To be fair, they usually aren’t actively gunning for you, but sometimes it might appear that way due to their misjudging your speed on an ebike.

Most drivers see a bicycle and think “slowpoke” regardless of how fast the bike is actually moving. Years of seeing kids on bikes have seemed to reinforce this bicycle=slow mentality of drivers. This can be a big problem when you’re on a fast ebike and the oncoming driver assumes he has time to make a turn in front of you. You might think that he obviously realizes your current speed means he’ll never make it, but all he sees is a bicycle and assumes he’s got all the time in the world.

This situation happens much more often than you may realize and you want to take electric bicycle safety seriously then have to be prepared for it. I never give a driver the benefit of the doubt and ALWAYS assume they’ll take make a bad judgement call about when to make a turn or start slowing down. If I’m wrong then I get left with the pleasant surprise of meeting a competent driver, and if I’m right then I was already prepared to start braking or move out of the way.

8. Watch out for drunks, seriously

Be extra careful on weekends, especially Friday and Saturday nights. This is when the drunks are out in force. As bad as drivers can be on a nice, sunny Tuesday afternoon, Friday night it can be like there is a bounty on your head and the first drunk to get you will claim the prize.

electric bicycle safety tips

Don’t YOU drink and ride either!

9. Use a mirror

I love the Mirrycle handle bar end mirror, which costs just $12 at the time of writing on Amazon, but there are many other great options out there too. Like we talked about earlier, statistically speaking you aren’t likely to get hit by a motorist just happening upon you from your rear, but you ARE much more likely to be hit from behind if you suddenly swerve out into the lane to avoid something in the road.

electric bicycle safety tips

Always try to look behind you or check in your mirror before moving further out into the lane. Compact cars are getting quieter and ever more popular electric cars are nearly silent.  You often have no idea a car is coming up behind you and accidentally moving out in front of one is much more common than you might guess.

 

10. Make eye contact with other drivers, especially at intersections

Many bicycle accidents occur at intersections simply because a cyclist wrongly assumed a driver saw him. Never assume a driver knows you are there unless you specifically make eye contact with him. Even then, keep a healthy amount of doubt – remember tip #7. Intersections are dangerous places for bicycles/ebikes so it’s vital that you do everything you can to ensure other drivers know you are there.

Riding an ebike should be a pleasurable experience. Staying safe is your best bet to keep it that way. For a great run-down of the most common ways bikes and cars meet – and how to avoid them – check out BicycleSafe.com. Everything covered there is just as important for electric bicycle safety as for normal bicycles.

photo credits 1,2, 3, 4, 5

Electric Bicycle Frequently Asked Questions

Electric Bicycle Frequently Asked QuestionsElectric Bicycles have been quickly becoming a common sight in cities across the world. The more people see electric bicycles zooming around their communities, the more they want to know about them. Here is a collection of many common questions about ebikes to help you get a better general understanding of this awesome form of clean, green and fun transportation. Don’t see your question answered here? Ask a question in the comments at the bottom of the page!

Q: Does an electric bicycle charge when you pedal it?

A: No. It doesn’t. That wouldn’t make much sense. You see, the goal of an electric bicycle is to assist you, not for you to assist it. Most ebikes are capable of putting out at least three to five times the power of an average leisure rider. That means to charge an ebike by pedaling enough to go one mile, you’d have to pedal the equivalent of three to five miles – not very efficient. I

t’s much more efficient to charge an electric bicycle with any wall outlet, just like a cell phone. Some ebikes DO have regenerative braking though – which charges the battery by capturing some of the energy normally lost during braking. This will usually only return about 5% of the energy you’ve used back to the battery, i.e. you’ll can travel about 5% further with added ebike regenerative braking.

 

Q: Can I get shocked by using an electric bicycle?

A: Probably not. The chances are about the same as being shocked by a blender. Sure, it can happen due to a freak accident, but short of that, you don’t really have to worry. In the hundreds of ebikes I’ve built and thousands of ebike riders I’ve interacted with, I’ve never met anyone who was shocked while riding an ebike.

Sure, electric bicycles have powerful batteries that can be dangerous if you go poking around in them with a knife or screwdriver, but left to their own devices electric bicycle batteries are generally quite safe.

The one exception to this answer might be during a DIY electric bicycle conversion. The chances of receiving an electric shock are still incredibly low, but anytime you are messing around with a big battery and plugging wires into things, accidents can happen if you don’t know what you are doing.

If you make sure you have the proper guidance during an electric bike conversion, and don’t try touching bare wires together for fun, you shouldn’t have anything to worry about.

And as a rule of thumb, the “lick it to see if it’s still good” rule for 9V batteries doesn’t apply to ebike batteries, in case that needed to be said.

Q: How do I charge an electric bicycle?

A: To charge an electric bicycle, you simply plug it into any wall outlet, just like you would charge a cell phone or laptop computer. The charger is about the size of a laptop’s charger, making it easy to store in a backpack. Some people even mount their chargers on their ebike so they always have their charger with them. All they have to bring is an extension cord and they can charge their electric bicycle anywhere they can find an outlet, such as a gas station, library, public electric car charging station, friend’s house, etc. With outlets all over the place, an electric bicycle charging infrastructure already exists all over the world!

Charge electric bicycle

Q: I see a lot of places to buy electric bicycles but I also know there are DIY electric bicycle conversion kits available. Which is better?

A: This answer depends on what you are looking for. If you can afford to buy a retail electric bicycle and want to start riding immediately, that’s probably your best option. If you’d rather customize your ebike to fit your exact requirements, save money, and have some time to plan it out, not to mention some simple handyman skills, the DIY route can be much more appropriate for you. Both options have their merits. I personally much prefer building my own electric bicycles, mostly for the cost savings and ability to get exactly what I want in an ebike instead of compromising for the specs of retail ebikes. I actually wrote a how-to book all about DIY ebike conversions.

photo credits 1, 2

Electric Bicycle Batteries: Lithium Vs. Lead Acid Batteries

lithium electric bicycle batteries vs lead acid batteriesWhen it comes to electric bicycle batteries, you’ve got two main options: lithium batteries and lead acid batteries. Sure, there are a few other types of ebike batteries out there, but the main two types you’ll see all over the place remain lithium and lead acid. Of course lithium batteries and lead acid batteries each come with their own distinct advantages and disadvantages, and knowing the difference will help you decide which is best for your ebike.

Lithium ebike batteries

There are many different types of lithium ebike batteries to choose from. I’ll give a short summary of the different types of electric bicycle specific lithium batteries here, but you can get a more detailed description as well as the pros and cons of each type of lithium battery in my article Not All Lithium Batteries Were Created Equal.

Lithium Iron Phosphate (LiFePO4)

LiFePO4 batteries are some of the heaviest and most expensive lithium batteries, but are also the safest and longest lasting.

Lithium Manganese Oxide (LiMn2O4) and Lithium Nickel Manganese Cobalt Oxide (LiNiMnCoO2)

LiMn2O4  and LiNiMnCoO2 batteries fall into the mid range of lithium batteries in terms of size, weight, safety, lifespan and cost. They are a good middle ground in nearly all regards.

RC Lithium Polymer batteries (RC LiPo)

LiPo’s are the smallest, cheapest, lightest and most powerful lithium batteries. Their disadvantages include short lifespan and propensity to combust into giant fireballs if not cared for correctly (I’m not kidding, check out the short video clip below).

http://www.ebikeschool.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/Lipo-Fire.mp4

Benefits of lithium batteries

Now that we’ve got the summary of different types of lithium batteries out of the way, lets look at how these lithium batteries stack up as a whole.

One of the first advantages of lithium batteries is their small size. You can fit a lot of lithium on a bicycle frame. This alone can give your ebike some seriously impressive range. Two or three mid to large capacity lithium batteries could easily fit on one ebike, giving potential ranges of 100 miles (160 km) or more. I guess this would be great for people that don’t mind sitting on their bike for three to five hours at a time, or that for some reason don’t want to charge up for weeks (hey, when riding your ebike through a zombie apocalypse, the last thing you want to be doing is searching for an outlet).

Lithium batteries made specially for ebikes often come with specific bicycle mounting points making them easy to bolt to the bike frame, seat post or rear rack. If you go with a different type of lithium battery without ebike specific mounts, you’ll likely have to put it in a bag on the bike, which is still a good option, and one that I even prefer sometimes. (Link to blog post of mine about center frame triangle batteries).

Lithium batteries are also small enough to allow you to place your batteries pretty much anywhere on your bike. This is especially true for people who want to assemble their own pack or use heat shrink wrapped lithium batteries instead of hard case lithium batteries with prefabricated bicycle frame mounts. This can help spread the weight around or hide the batteries to make a stealthier bike.

lithium electric bicycle batteries

Lithium batteries (with the exception of RC LiPos) last much longer than lead acid batteries. LiPo batteries are usually only rated for a few hundred charge cycles but LiFePO4 batteries keep going after thousands of charge cycles. Every manufacturer rates their batteries differently, but most LiFePO4 ebike batteries will be rated for between 1,500 to 2,200 charge cycles.

Disadvantages of lithium electric bicycle batteries

A big downside of lithium batteries is that they are much more expensive than lead acid batteries. Prices vary depending on the voltage and capacity of the lithium battery, but standard ebikes usually have lithium batteries starting in the $300 range and rising quickly from there. Most bikes I build have lithium batteries in the $400-$500 range.

However, when you factor in the shorter life cycle of lead acid batteries, they become comparable to lithium batteries over the entire life of the electric bicycle. For example, a lithium battery may cost five times the price of a lead acid battery, but it could easily last five times as long as well, making the price about the same over the life of the lithium battery. You’d have to buy at least four replacement lead acid batteries (maybe even more) by the time your lithium battery finally kicks the can.

One other disadvantage of lithium batteries that isn’t talked about often, but should be, is their potential for theft. Lithium ebike batteries have become huge targets by bike thieves as a result of their combination of small size and high price tags (the same factors that keep shaving razor cartridges behind lock and key at the drug store). Thieves see an easy target and ample resale market, meaning you have to be extra careful about locking your ebike up and leaving it alone in public.

lithium ebike battery partially removed

Lithium ebike battery partially removed from rack

Most lithium batteries that are designed to mount to ebikes also come with some form of locking system. These have varying degrees of effectiveness. The type with a little pin that slides into a thin sheet of steel are the easiest to steal by mangling the thin steel locking plate. Just take a look at your battery and ask yourself “how easily could I steal this battery if I had some basic hand tools and a 60 second window of opportunity?”

For this reason I like to either add a second lock specifically through the handle of my lithium battery (if it’s a removable style battery) or permanently secure it to the bike so it isn’t removable at all. The second option is less convenient because it means you have to bring the charger to the ebike, but it’s a much more secure option if you find yourself locking your ebike in public often.

Lead acid ebike batteries

When it comes to lead acid batteries for ebike use, you’ll generally be looking for what’s called a “sealed lead acid” or SLA battery. SLAs come sealed in a hard plastic case and can be turned in any orientation safely without leaking acid. This makes them appropriate for ebike use. Wet cell lead acid batteries, like many car batteries, would leak dangerous acid if turned on their side or upside down, making them a bad idea for use on an electric bicycle, which is a lot more likely to get knocked over than a car. Remember to stick with SLAs – not wet cell lead acid batteries – for electric bicycle use.

sealed lead acid electric bicycle batteries

Lead acid batteries are much larger and heavier than lithium batteries, limiting their placement on ebikes. They almost never come packaged with ebike specific mounting hardware which means that they generally have to go in a bag on the rear rack or in panniers on either side if the rear wheel. Mounting them up high on the rack isn’t a good idea either because it will negatively affect handling. Generally speaking, you want to mount your batteries as low as possible to keep the center of gravity of the ebike lower towards the ground. This will significantly improve your ebike’s handling.

Advantages of lead acid batteries for ebikes

The biggest advantage of lead acid batteries is their price: dirt cheap. Lead acid batteries can be purchased from many different online retailers and local stores. Purchasing SLAs locally helps save on shipping and makes them even cheaper. Many hardware and electronic stores carry them. Even Radioshack has them, though you’ll pay more there.

Another advantage of lead acid batteries is their high power output potential. Lithium batteries generally don’t like to handle too much current. SLAs, on the other hand, can provide huge amounts of current. If you are planning a very high power electric bicycles, SLAs might be a good option for you.

Disadvantages of lead acid batteries for ebikes

One of the main disadvantages of lead acid batteries is their weight. There’s no beating around the bush here, SLAs are HEAVY, as you might guess by the inclusion of “lead” in the name. You’ll need a strong mounting solution on your ebike to handle the extra weight of SLAs. You should also be aware that lugging that extra weight around is going to negatively impact your range. The best way to improve the range of any electric vehicle is to reduce weight, and SLAs are kind of going the opposite way in that regard.

Another disadvantage of lead acid batteries is the shorter lifespan. Most claim to be rated for over 200 cycles, but in practice I usually find many SLAs start showing their age at around 100 cycles. They’ll still work as they get up in years (or charge cycles), but you’ll begin seeing your range quickly decreasing. If you were traveling 15 miles per charge when the SLAs were new, a year later you could find yourself barely getting past 10 miles.

SLAs come in 6V or 12V increments, meaning you have to build your battery pack by combining these smaller SLAs in series and/or parallel to get the specific voltage and capacity you’re aiming for. This can be both an advantage and disadvantage; it gives you more room for customization but requires some work to combine the individual SLA batteries together into a larger pack.

Who wins? That’s up to you

(…but it’s actually lithium)

When I’m experimenting with some new ebike parts and want to test different battery voltages for different speeds, I often use lead acid batteries because I can try many different voltages using very cheap batteries. Then when the results of my lead acid battery tests show me whether I want to go with 36V or 48V or 60V, for example, I then commit to buying the appropriate lithium battery.

There are only three instances where I recommend to use lead acid batteries instead of lithium

  1. You are absolutely trying to build an ebike on a very tight budget
  2. You are building an electric tricycle, which can easily carry SLAs without balance or stability issues
  3. You want to test out different battery voltages on your system (make sure your controller can handle the voltage range)

For any other case, lithium batteries’ advantages greatly outweigh SLAs. Of course, for your specific ebike you might have other reasons that could sway you either way. At the end of the day, your ebike is all about you. I hope this information helps you make the right choice for your own battery needs.

photo credit 1

Ebay Electric Bicycle Converstion Kits: Are They Worth It?

electric bicycle ebay kits

Electric bicycle conversion kits are made by dozens of manufacturers and sold by hundreds of vendors. Some of the best prices on these kits can be found on eBay. But are eBay electric bicycle kits a good way to get a deal or a good way to get ripped off?

The answer is probably a little bit of both, but with a little research you can make sure you fall on the ‘good deal’ side of things.

It’s important that you know what you are looking for. Many vendors on eBay simply resell ebike conversion kits without knowing much about what they have. This often leads to mislabeled merchandise and misunderstandings between buyers and sellers.

Other sellers may have an understanding of their ebike kits but still incorrectly list the details, usually in regards to the correct wattage of the kit. Always make sure you check with the seller to confirm the specs of the kit. Pay close attention to max controller current to give you an idea of what kind of power the motor will be providing.

Many eBay electric bicycle kits come with inferior rims and spokes. This can be tricky to determine without seeing the kit in person. Although almost all sellers will list “stainless steel spokes”, there is a wide spectrum of stainless steel spokes ranging from junk to really good quality spokes, so it can be a bit of a crapshoot. At the end of the day though, unless you’re going to be using your ebike for commercial use, even lower quality stainless steel spokes should hold up to average day-to-day use.

The seller should also list the type of rim on the motor (if this is a hubmotor kit). Look for “double walled aluminum rims” in the listing. Again, there is a spectrum of quality for rims, but if you don’t see double walled rims listed, that should be a bad sign. Ask the seller to be certain. If the kit comes with single walled rims, walk away. That’s already a sign of a low quality kit. Any self respecting ebike kit vendor will put their motors on double wall aluminum rims.

Ebay electric bicycle kits should have a double wall aluminum rim

Double wall rim on left, single wall rim on right

Controllers in eBay electric bicycle kits are almost universally low to mid-level quality. They are made with components that often can’t stand up to extended high power usage. If you want to use your ebike for heavy duty use, like making deliveries all day up and down hills, an eBay controller might not be for you. If you plan on using your bike for flat, level ground cruising at speeds of 25 mph (40 km/h) or less, or the occasional medium level hill climbing, there’s a good chance that the ebike controller will be enough for you. If you live in a super hilly area or want to obtain higher speeds, you’re taking a gamble that the controller could burn out on you when you need it most.

Lithium batteries from eBay can be hit or miss. Most eBay electric bicycle kits don’t come with batteries, requiring you to pick them up separately. Sometimes the same seller will also stock ebike batteries, but there are many other ebike battery sellers on eBay. One well known seller is sun-thing28. He provides good quality LiFePO4 batteries and has done so long enough for the ebike community to vouch for him.

Other components found in the kit, such as throttles, pedal assist systems, displays, e-brake levers and lights are usually of adequate quality. These are pretty much all made to the same standards in a few factories in China before being sent to a million different vendors, so kits of varying quality and price levels may have some of the same throttles, displays, etc.

The main parts you should be double checking are the motor, rim, controller and battery. This is where you’ll be able to determine (hopefully) the quality of the kit and whether or not you are going to be happy with the purchase. Like everything else on eBay, you should always read reviews of the seller’s past transactions and check his or her feedback rating. A scammer or vendor with subpar ebike kits will likely not have a good feedback rating. Anything less than 98% positive feedback should give you grounds to worry.

Ebay Electric Bicycle Kits: What’s The Verdict?

With a sharp eye and patience to ask all the right questions, low and medium power electric bicycle conversion kits can be found for a steal on eBay. These are especially well suited for moderate speed ebikes that are going to be used for easy, around the town riding and speeds up to about 25 mph (40 km/h). For anything more powerful though, you’ll need to look for better quality vendors than what you’ll find on eBay. It is still safe to say that for most of the ebike population, eBay electric bicycle kits will meet your goals and produce an excellent and fun electric bicycle.

Photo credit 

Choosing the Right Bicycle for an Electric Bicycle Conversion

A quality, hard tail mountain bike great for an electric bicycle conversion

Choosing the right bicycle for your electric bicycle conversion is important to making sure that your ebike is comfortable and fits you well. If you already have a bicycle that you enjoy and are ready to electrify it, then you’re all set! If not, you’ll need to begin the search for the right bike for you.

Start At A Bike Shop

A great place to start is your local bike shop. Talk to them about what you’re looking for in terms of size, style and features. They can help you find a bike that fits well, but it will be up to you to make sure it is appropriate for an electric bicycle conversion (we’ll talk about what that means below). Even though ebikes are becoming more popular, most bike shop employees, especially in the United States, are unfamiliar with electric bicycles and may even scoff at the idea of you taking a ‘perfectly good’ bicycle and making it electric. Just don’t be deterred!

There are certain items that you’ll want to look for in a bike to make sure it is appropriate for an electric bicycle conversion.  First, make sure you’re looking for a strong frame with beefy dropouts, the place where the bike holds the wheels’ axles. The best bikes for electric conversion are steel bikes with steel dropouts. Aluminum bikes are ok, but will usually require an additional torque arm to strengthen the dropouts. Ironically, cheaper steel bikes often have stronger dropouts than some more expensive aluminum bikes, therefore this is one feature that you can’t necessarily judge purely by the price.

Think About Your Brakes

Disc brakes are great for an electric bicycle conversion

Disc brakes are best on the front of an ebike

You’ll also want to pay special attention to the brakes. Brakes on an electric bike are much more important than a regular pedal bicycle because you’ll be traveling at higher speeds much more frequently. Think of it as the operational equivalent of riding a normal bike down a big hill 100% of the time.

There are two main types of brakes, rim brakes and disc brakes. Disc brakes generally require less frequent maintenance and can provide stronger braking force, but come with their own downsides as well. They can be harder to change when the pads are worn down and can also complicate the installation of a hubmotor.

Disc brakes aren’t a necessity though. Rim brakes have been used for years and have been proven to be strong and effective. The fastest race bicycles use rim brakes, proving that you don’t need to upgrade to disc brakes just to get good braking performance. More important than disc vs rim brakes is the quality of the brake parts and the brake pads.

Some bicycles have disc brakes in the front and rim brakes in the rear. This is a very good compromise for electric bikes because it puts the stronger brakes up front where more braking force is needed but leaves the rear wheel, which is more often converted to a hubmotor, uninhibited. Sometimes disc brakes can complicate the installation of a hubmotor, so going with rim brakes on the wheel that will be electrified is a good method.

When you buy your electric bicycle conversion kit, make sure you choose a front wheel or rear wheel ebike kit that is appropriate for your specific type of brakes. For example, if you have rear disc brakes and also want a rear motor, choose an electric bicycle conversion kit with a motor that specifically states “disc brake compatible” to ensure that it works with your bike.

If you are buying a new bike, your brakes should already be dialed in for maximum performance. If not, take it back to the store and ask them to adjust the brakes to your satisfaction. If you are using an older bike that you already own or are buying a used bike, you’ll want to either tune the brakes yourself or take the bike to a bike shop to have the brakes checked out. Learning to do your own brake adjustments will be an important skill to have though once you start riding your ebike frequently.

Suspension: Nice But Not A Requirement

Electric bicycle conversions with good rear suspension feel like you're riding on a cloud, a powerful speeding cloud

If you choose a bicycle with suspension, make sure you understand how it works. Cheap suspension bicycles are often worse than a non-suspension bicycle, so keep that in mind. Rear suspension can also limit your options for installing the battery. Make sure you plan ahead if you are starting with a rear suspension bike.

Higher quality and better designed suspension forks will have a knob on the top of the fork to adjust the damping and/or travel of the suspension. Rear suspensions will also be adjustable, though the mechanism will differ from bicycle to bicycle. You’ll need to check the manual for your specific bicycle.

If this is your first ebike, you may be better off starting with a bicycle without suspension as it will greatly simplify the build process, not to mention be a lot cheaper as well! Just because this might be your first electric bicycle conversion doesn’t mean it will be your last – you’ll have plenty of time for upgrades to make your ebike perfect for you.

Don’t Judge A Bike By The Sticker Price

The most important thing to remember is that whatever bike you choose, make sure it has a strong frame and beefy dropouts. A $150 steel frame department store bicycle can actually be more appropriate for electric conversion than a $1,500 lightweight aluminum bike. Never use a carbon fiber bike for an ebike conversion. The frame usually isn’t over-engineered enough to take the extra stresses applied to ebikes, plus it’s kind of be a waste of a very expensive, purpose-built racing bike. If you can picture someone in spandex pedaling the bike in a race pack, then it’s probably not the best bike to electrify.

At the end of the day, the most important factor is simply whether or not you find the bike comfortable. You will be spending a lot more time on the saddle and a lot less time pedaling, as compared to a normal bicycle, so make sure everything feels good. Consider upgrading the saddle, as it’s the cheapest way to greatly increase the comfort of a bicycle.

Once you’ve chosen the right bicycle for your ebike conversion, get ready. You’re about to head down an amazing, life-changing road to electric commuting. Hold on to your hat!

photo credit 1,2,3

10 Ways To Make Your Ebike More Theft Resistant

electric bicycle theft

It’s an unfortunate reality of the electric bicycle world that ebikes make great targets for thieves. The combination of a high value ebike and commonly inadequate anti-theft protection make electric bicycles low-hanging fruit for the scum-of-the-earth that are bike thieves.

Electric bicycles, like all bicycles, are usually stolen in one of two ways: either by having parts scavenged from the ebike or by having the whole electric bicycle stolen in one fell swoop. Your best bet is to protect yourself from both of these scenarios. Follow these tips to protect yourself and your ebike.

1. Location, Location, Location

Let’s get the obvious one out of the way first. This may be common sense, but it still needs to be said: be careful where you lock your ebike. You know where the bad parts of your town are – just don’t park there. Why needlessly increase your chance of theft?

Do your best to avoid shady areas that are likely hives of bike theft activity. If you know that a few certain blocks are notoriously bad areas, park a little farther away and walk the last bit of distance. Not only will it decrease the chance of having your ebike stolen, but you’ll get some free exercise too!

2. Bring your ebike inside with you

Sometimes you can’t avoid trips to bad areas of town. Maybe that’s where the farmer’s market is, or the best pizza place in town, or the only Wal-Mart (heaven forbid). If you have to park somewhere shady, try to bring your ebike inside with you.

Many retail establishments, such as supermarkets and shopping centers actually allow people to bring their bicycles inside the building. Ask an employee if it is ok to bring your bicycle inside and leave it near the door. Then, lock the wheel to the frame so that no one can easily wheel it out. It will be pretty obvious if someone is trying to drag a heavy, locked up ebike out of the store to their vehicle.

3. Don’t fall into a routine with your ebike

Avoid parking in the same place everyday. Electric bicycles make great commuter vehicles and for that reason ebikes are often part of a daily routine. Many people use their ebike as a daily driver to get to work, school, etc. However, when you park in the same place every day, this gives diligent thieves a chance to study your pattern and locking system to prepare a targeted attack.

These types of theft are hard to defend against because the thief can take weeks or even months to prepare for your specific lock, schedule of traffic in the area, and even set traps. I’ve seen thieves hack sign posts so that they slide out of the ground. Unsuspecting riders lock to a stop sign like they do every day, but on this day the thief simply lifts the sign out the ground and walks off with the bike. Another good reason to double check that any object you lock to really is secure.

4. Park in well lit areas

At night, park in an area with good visibility, preferably directly under a streetlight. Thieves don’t like to be the center of attention during their activity, and having a giant spot light shining on them while they work is a strong deterrent.

The jury is still out on whether it is better to park the bike near lots of foot traffic. Unfortunately, many experiments have shown that, at least in the USA, almost nobody will interrupt a bike thief at work stealing a bike. Studies have shown the fear of confrontation causes most people to ignore a bike thief at work or walk quickly by, avoiding contact. This means putting your ebike near an area with high pedestrian traffic won’t necessarily keep thieves from trying to steal it.

In fact, putting your electric bicycle in a well trafficked area actually exposes your ebike to many more eyes, and thus more opportunity for thieves to notice it as a target. On the other hand, parking in a back alley means less chance for thieves to know your ebike is there, but guarantees less chance of someone confronting a bike thief in action if he does find it.

When in doubt though, I still prefer a crowded area and hope for the best in people. Just because studies show most people won’t confront a bike thief, that doesn’t mean the thieves will have big enough cojones to test that theory.

electric bicycle theft protection

“Maybe I should have parked closer to the lights…”

5. Bike locks: the more the merrier

Use more than one bicycle lock, preferably of different styles and brands. If one bike lock is good, then two bike locks are better.

really good electric bicycle theft protection

And if two locks are better, twenty six locks are… even better-er

Here is how a common bicycle theft operation goes down: a bike thief surveys a potential target bicycle and weighs his chances of successfully opening the lock (never a guarantee) with how long it will likely take and the chances of getting caught. It’s not uncommon for a rider to return to their bike to find a mangled but still intact lock – indicating a thief who lost on his gamble and decided to cut his losses and bug out.

When you add a second lock, it greatly reduces the bike thief’s view of his chances of successfully stealing the bike. Not only is he taking a risk on one lock, but now he’s got two locks to deal with, and neither of them are a guarantee. All but the most brazen of bike thieves will see two sturdy locks and immediately pass over the bike, instead looking for an easier target. This is one of the single best methods for increasing resistance to electric bicycle theft: simply add a second lock.

6. Plan your locking method for maximum destruction

Lock your electric bicycle in a way that requires it to be seriously damaged in order to remove it from the lock.

This means you have to factor in a few things. First, whatever object you lock to should be stronger than your bicycle (and preferably stronger than the lock). Stick with things like solid metal posts, street lights, concrete barriers and steel parking meters. Avoid locking to flimsy objects like a chain link fence, wooden post, tree thinner than your arm, etc.

If the lock and anchored object are stronger than your bike’s frame, that means that your bike is now the weakest link, forcing the bike thief to cut through the bike to steal it. If a bike thief’s only option is to destroy the bike to steal it, he’ll look elsewhere.

Next, ensure that however your lock passes through the bicycle requires the most possible damage to the bicycle to remove it. The lock should ideally pass through both the frame triangle AND at least one wheel, preferably the hub motor wheel. This means that a bike thief would have to cut through the frame of the ebike, effectively ruining it, AND cut through the hub motor rim, ruining it as a usable wheel.

On a standard bicycle this would usually be enough deterrent, as the unusable bicycle wouldn’t be worth much anymore after its frame and wheel were destroyed. However, this has somewhat less deterrence for electric bicycles because the motor, battery and other parts can still be sold even if the thief has to destroy the frame in the process. However, it still makes more barriers that can dissuade a potential bike thief. The more of a headache you can make your electric bicycle, the more chance a bike thief will move on.

electric bicycle theft

This is what happens when you lock just your front wheel

7. Lock your parts to your ebike

Lock the individual parts of your electric bicycle to the bike itself.

Start with the battery. Ebike batteries are the single most commonly stolen part of any ebike. If you have a battery designed for easy removal, such as an aluminum or plastic case battery that slides on and off, you need to find a good way to lock it securely.

These types of ebike batteries almost always come with a factory locking solution, but it’s never enough for the good bike thieves. The type that slide onto an aluminum or steel plate often require only the smallest of handheld snips to cut an opening in the plate and release the pin. Sometimes you can even simply bend the plate out of the way with a screwdriver, releasing the battery.

To counter this, run your lock through the handle of the battery, if it has one. This provides a little more deterrence for casual bike thieves, but won’t stop any serious attempt to steal the ebike’s battery. For more theft deterrence, consider adding a chain, plate, block, etc that passes over the end of the battery, locking to the frame, and preventing removal of the ebike battery without your key.

Additionally, if you don’t plan on needing to remove the battery from the bike for charging, you can go with a more permanent method, such as bolting or welding a plate over the end of the battery. Keep in mind though that this could present a problem if you ever need to perform maintenance on the battery.

8. Camouflage your electric bicycle

electric bicycle theft prevention

This one is simple: make your ebike look less desirable. Many people won’t want to go this far, especially if you love the way your ebike looks, but uglifying your ebike could be a great way to protect it from thieves.

There are many different ways to camouflage a perfectly working bicycle into what appears to be a piece of crap. Some of my favorites include fake rust painted on, scraps of duct tape, random bits of spray paint, a grocery bag over the seat, mismatched hand grips, etc. Anything that keeps your ebike from screaming “I’m a brand new, expensive toy!” will reduce attention from bike thieves.

electric bicycle theft prevention

9. Choose your company well

Park next to something more attactive. By this I mean choose a spot with better options of bikes to steal than yours.

Maybe it’s a beautiful, brand new, candy-apple-red racing bike.

Maybe it’s another bike with a flimsy cable lock next to your ebike with two U-locks.

Maybe it’s a more expensive ebike than yours.

Anything that makes a bike thief want to pass your bike over for something else will work. Some people might object to this rather selfish approach, but the fact of the matter is that you can’t stop all electric bicycle theft, you can only stop YOUR electric bicycle’s theft. There will always be thieves trying to steal bikes. The best you can do is just try to keep it from being yours.

10. Get creative with your defenses

Put a fake GPS tracking sign on your ebike. I made a simple, fake GPS tracking logo on my computer, printed it on glossy sticker paper, and slapped it on an easily visible part of my bike. It works just like the home security company logos or “beware of dog” signs people put outside their homes. Even the mere suggestion that there are hidden forces at work, tirelessly standing guard 24/7, is enough to make many bike thieves look elsewhere.

Sure, maybe they’ll question whether or not you’re fibbing. But at least they are thinking about it. Again, all of this weighs into their mental calculation of the gamble they are taking. It’s up to you stack the odds against them.

 

Oh, and also you could use a real GPS tracking device too.

 

The bigger picture of electric bicycle theft

Many of the electric bicycle theft protection tips described above are simple behavioral changes you can make to better protect your ebike from theft, while others are hardware options that require forking over a bit of cash. How much your ebike is worth to you is your call.

When it comes down to it, you are really battling two different types of bike theft: theft of opportunity and deliberate, targeted theft. Theft of opportunity is where someone walks by and sees an easy chance to snatch your seat or battery. Deliberate, targeted theft is where someone studies your ebike and comes prepared for the job. The best bet to deter both types of electric bicycle theft is to combine a number of diverse options listed above. The harder it is for the bike thief, the more likely it is that he’ll look somewhere else.

photo credits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

 

Avoid Flat Tires With These Six Tips

Flat tires, otherwise known as a bad day

Flat tires are one of the most frustrating things about using a bicycle for daily commuting. For ebikes, flat tires are even more annoying. Ebikes are heavier and so changing a tire can be more cumbersome. If the flat tire is on a hubmotor wheel, dealing with lifting the motor out, sometimes complicated by short hubmotor wires, really throws a kink in your plan. Changing a flat tire on an ebike can still be done, but it’s best to avoid the scenario all together, if possible. Here are 6 tips to help you avoid flat tires.

1. Avoid Flat Tires By Keeping Your Air Pressure High

Avoid flat tires by keeping your air pressure topped up!

Tires that aren’t fully inflated are a lot more likely to pick up a flat than nicely pressurized tires. Check the side of your tire to determine the proper pressure. Most standard mountain bike, cruiser and hybrid bike tires are in the 40-65 PSI range. Keep your tires in the mid to upper end of that range. As a quick gauge, try squeezing your tires between your thumb and forefingers. They should be firm, but not hard as a rock. You should feel a small amount of give.

 

2. Riding With Worn Down Rubber Is Asking For A Flat Tire

Don't let your tires get this bad or you'll find yourself with a flat tire in no time!

If you see the tread in your tire is worn down, or cracks appear in the rubber, change your tires. Aged, thin and rigid rubber is much easier to puncture than new, thick and pliable rubber. This is also a safety issue; you wouldn’t want to drive around with worn out, cracking tires on your car, so why would you do the same on your ebike?

3. Put Anti-Flat Tire Material In Your Inner Tubes

This stuff is great! I once had a thumbtack stuck in my rear tire for 10 months, but because the anti-flat gunk filled the hole around the thumbtack, it didn’t leak air. If you get a foreign object stuck in your tire, and it isn’t a safety issue such as a big nail that could come flying out, just leave it there. A little thorn or staple won’t cause any more damage to your tube than it already has, and the anti-flat gunk will fill the hole and basically ‘glue’ the foreign object in place, sealing your tube. Two of my favorite anti-flat tire gunks are green slime and Joe’s tire sealant.

4. Try Not To Ride On The Side Of The Road

Avoid the shoulder, take the lane! The side of the road is flat tire heaven!

The side of the road is where all the crap from the road gets kicked up and eventually deposited. It’s full of road debris like broken glass, nails, staples, thorns, etc. Even a piece of broken plastic tail light can puncture a tire if you catch it at the right angle. If possible, ride out in the lane with the cars. If you live in a city, your ebike can probably match city speeds so this shouldn’t be a problem. If you are on a road where cars travel faster than your ebike, move over to the side whenever necessary for safety’s sake, but try to return to the lane when possible. Also, avoid riding in the dead center of the lane, since most cars straddle the center with their tires, causing road debris to accumulate in the very center of the lane where tires don’t contact the road. Ride slightly off-center in the ‘track’ made by the right side tires of cars.

5. Use Tire Liners, But Only Good Ones

If you are going to use tire liners, go with a soft, pliable rubber type, and choose a high quality type like Mr Tuffy tire liners. Cheap tire liners can actually CAUSE flat tires. When I lived in Pittsburgh, after the cold winter I found my plastic tire liners had become rigid and broken into hundreds of sharp little plastic shards – not what you want dancing around with your inner tube.

6. Upgrade To Better Tires

Hookworm tires rarely experience a flat tire

If you spend a lot of time on your bike, this will be a worthy investment. Your tires are the only connection between your bike and the road (on a good day) so shouldn’t you make that connection as good as possible? You can get some great tires without breaking the bank if you know what to look for. My favorite all-around tire is the Maxxis Hookworm. It’s great for street use and can take some trails and light offroading too. The rubber is thick with incredible grip, meaning you can really lean into those turns. I’ve never had a flat with my hookworms. That doesn’t mean they are 100% puncture-proof, but having good rubber makes a big difference.

There’s no such thing as an entirely flat tire-proof inner tube system, and flat tires are something that we all have to deal with every now and again. Avoiding them by following these tips is your best bet to delay your next flat for as long as possible.

Lastly, make sure you are prepared for the inevitability of a flat tire, should it happen in the future. Always keep a few tools on your bike so that you can repair a flat in a jiffy if you need to. Check out my ebike emergency kit for all the tools I recommend keeping on your bike.

Photo credit 1, 2, 3, 4

Helpful links

Here a few topics and sources that you might find helpful:
How to build a battery
Inexpensive ebike batteries
Endless Sphere ebike forums
Cheapest 8fun mid-drive source
Ebike School Youtube Channel

My Current Favorite Battery Source

My favorite source for batteries right now is Battery Hookup. They’ve also generously offered all of my readers a 5% discount if you use the discount code EBIKE.

This site is 100% free, so how do I support it?

All the help and knowledge I've provided here on EbikeSchool.com is 100% free If you want to support this site and help me keep it free, consider checking out my ebook and video course on building ebikes.

Ebikeschool.com has a lot of great info, but I've spent countless hours putting even more info, examples, how to's, reviews, maintenance steps and buying guides into my book and video course. They are some of the most fact-dense and info-rich ebike resources available today. So check them out to see if they can help you with your own ebike!

Learn more here.

If you want to learn more in-depth about building your own lithium battery, you'll want to check out my book "DIY Lithium Batteries: How To Build Your Own Battery Packs" which is an Amazon #1 Bestseller in multiple categories!
You can get it here on Amazon.

And if you don't want to purchase my book (or you already have a lot of ebike knowledge), you can still support this site by simply clicking on this link before you shop on Aliexpress. Basically, that's an affiliate link that shows Aliexpress that you came to them via my site. It doesn't effect you at all, but if you make a purchase, this site will get a small percentage of the profit that Aliexpress makes. It's a simple way to help support this site so I can pay the hosting and keep providing more free info (and to keep this site free of annoying ads). I have some of those affiliate links on a limited number of articles on my site. When I personally buy and test products that I find to be a combination of great quality and great prices, like these batteries, for example, I like to share them through those affiliate links. Again, it costs you nothing, but it allows me to keep cranking out more info and content for you guys!

Thanks for understanding!










Privacy Policy · Terms & Conditions · Contact

Copyright © 2026 · Powered by electrons, lots and lots of electrons

Copyright © 2026 · Parallax Pro Theme on Genesis Framework · WordPress · Log in

Cleantalk Pixel